"id","code","part-number","vendor-code","cost","sale-price","price","options","color-swatch-treatment","name","page-title","vendor-product-name","specification-title-1","specification-text-1","specification-title-2","specification-text-2","specification-text-3","specification-title-4","specification-text-4","specification-title-5","specification-text-5","specification-title-3","wood","finish","ytimes-item-tab-shipping","availability","more-sizes","more-colors","assembly","assembly-pdf","assembly-title","ytimes-item-tab-warranty","warranty-pdf","warranty-title","manuals-pdf","manual-title","include-free-shipping-flag","include-flat-rate-shipping-flag","accessories","collection","youtube-link-1","youtube-link","shipping-cost","ship-weight","supplier","vendor","made-in","shipping-usa","label","caption","short-name","promo-area-link","subsection-category-header","subsection-items-header","reviews-rating-count","reviews-average-rating","reviews-html","hide-lower-category-items","notes","mega-menu-viewall-threshold","family" "1-cedar-closet-drawer-15-wide","KD-CD1414-1","CD1414-1","CD1414-1","205","","342.63","","","1 Cedar Drawer: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 14"" Wide - Exclusive Item","14"" Box with 1 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Overall Dimensions & Weight","14"" Wide x 14"" Deep x 14"" High, 25-lbs","","Interior Dimensions","Space inside each drawer: 10"" W x 12"" D x 12.25"" H","","","","Solid Aromatic Red Cedar & Aromatic Red Cedar Veneered Plywood","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Drawer Closet Organizer Box with Drawer
1 Drawer Unit Using aromatic cedar in your closet not only has a wonderful smell but will repel bugs that are unwanted among your clothes. After a period of time it can be refinished by simply giving it a light fine sanding. But don't worry. This won't need to be done for many years. The 1 drawer unit is 14"" wide and can be mixed and matched with any of the other drawer, shelf or shoe components that we offer in our cedar closet mix and match units. Premier quality is what you can expect. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer!","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1-cedar-closet-drawer-30-wide","KD-CD1428-1","CD1428-1","CD1428-1","268","","442.1052632","""Add Base"" ""No"" ""Yes, Add Kickplate (+106) CPK28"" ""Yes, Add Contoured Base (+106) CPC28""","","1 Cedar Drawer: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 28"" Wide - Exclusive Item","28"" Box with 1 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Overall Dimensions & Weight","28"" W x 14"" D x 14"" H
35-lbs.","","Interior Dimensions","Space inside each drawer: 24"" W x 12"" D x 12.25"" H","","","","Solid Aromatic Red Cedar & Aromatic Red Cedar Veneered Plywood","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Dresser Drawer Closet Organizer - 1 Drawer Unit With fully extendable metal drawer glides, this 28"" wide 1 drawer unit is quite roomy for bulkier items you'd like to store in a drawer. Protect your clothing from pests with the natural qualities of aromatic cedar. Mix and match this single drawer with other 28"" components or even 14"" wide components to create the perfect closet for you. Have a custom closet without the customer hassle or the custom pricing. Our drawer boxes are made with 3/4"" cedar and our drawers roughly that dimension as well. No screws are used except in installing the drawer glides. All corners are glued, sanded and stapled. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer! This cedar closet component comes in 3 drawer configurations. Select the 2 drawer as shown above or go with just 1 drawer or 3 drawers. Order other ways with the drop down box above.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1010-gablevent","KD-GV1010","","GV1010","34.43","","76.45","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+10)"" ""Yellow Pine (+11.50)"" ""PVC (+25.50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+15)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+15)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 10 Gable Vent","10 x 10 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 9.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 12""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 13.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 10""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","17.21","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 10"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1012-gablevent","KD-GV1012","","GV1012","39.35","","85.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+11.50)"" ""Yellow Pine (+12.95)"" ""PVC (+38)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+15)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+15)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 12 Gable Vent","10 x 12 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 11.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 14""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 15.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","19.67","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 12"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 12"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1016-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1016","","GVT1016","94.65","","144.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+16)"" ""Yellow Pine (+19)"" ""PVC (+44)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","10 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 9\15.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 18""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 19.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","32.25","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 16"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1016-gablevent","KD-GV1016","","GV1016","47.22","","98.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+15)"" ""Yellow Pine (+16)"" ""PVC (+50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+19)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+19)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22.50)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 16 Gable Vent","10 x 16 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 15.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 18""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 19.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","23.61","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 16"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1018-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1018","","GVT1018","99.74","","158.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+19)"" ""Yellow Pine (+22)"" ""PVC (+49.50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+26)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+26)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","10 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 17.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 20""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 21.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","34.23","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 18"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1024-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1024","","GVT1024","109.12","","174.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+24)"" ""Yellow Pine (+27.50)"" ""PVC (+68)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+29)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+29)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","10 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 23.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 26""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 27.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","37.45","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 24"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1024-gablevent","KD-GV1024","","GV1024","55.11","","119.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+22)"" ""Yellow Pine (+23.50)"" ""PVC (+56)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+20)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+20)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 24 Gable Vent","10 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 23.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 26""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 27.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","27.55","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1030-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1030","","GVT1030","115.33","","182.05","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+33)"" ""Yellow Pine (+36)"" ""PVC (+79)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+24)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","10 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 29.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 32""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 33.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39.21","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1030-gablevent","KD-GV1030","","GV1030","57.93","","125.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (26)"" ""Yellow Pine (+30.95)"" ""PVC (+82.50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+27)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+27)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+24.00)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 30 Gable Vent","10 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 29.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 32""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 33.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","28.96","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1036-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1036","","GVT1036","120.72","","198.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+32)"" ""Yellow Pine (+39)"" ""PVC (+109)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+31)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+31)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","10 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 35.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 38""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 39.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","40.58","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1036-gablevent","KD-GV1036","","GV1036","98.15","","142.58","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+29)"" ""Yellow Pine (+33)"" ""PVC (+89)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver(+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver(+25)""","","10 x 36 Gable Vent","10 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 35.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 38""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 39.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","30.1","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1042-gablevent","KD-GV1042","","GV1042","106.95","","153.11","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+35)"" ""Yellow Pine (+38)"" ""PVC (+100)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unifinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 42 Gable Vent","10 x 42 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 41.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 44""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 45.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","33.05","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 10"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1048-gablevent","KD-GV1048","","GV1048","114.48","","160.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+39)"" ""Yellow Pine (+47)"" ""PVC (+125)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+29)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+29)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10 x 48 Gable Vent","10 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 47.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12"" x 50""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5"" x 51.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.41","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10 x 10"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "10-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO10","","GVO10","67.65","","97.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+10)"" ""Yellow Pine (+11)"" ""PVC (+27)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+16)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+16)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","10"" Octagon Gable Vent","10"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","20.84","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "10-round-gable","KD-GVR10","","GVR10","73.52","","110.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+11)"" ""Yellow Pine (+12)"" ""PVC (+28)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+19)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+19)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","10"" Round Gable Vent","10"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
Surface Mount/Closed Louver
Surface Mount/ Open Louver
• ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
• ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5""
Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 12""
Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 13.5""
Surface Mount Vents:
(Has no louver box)
Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 10""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
Unfinished or Primed
PVC
Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","22.66","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 10"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
","","","","","","","","","","","none" "10-vinyl-gazebo","CR-HBW10VEG-2CVD","HBW10VEG-2CVD","HBW10VEG-2CVD","3901","6729","8777.25","","","10' Vinyl Gazebo","10' Vinyl Gazebo","10' Vinyl Gazebo","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","Truck Freight","","Weight","Weight:
1350 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
10'L x 10'W x 117""H
Railing Height:
32""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5 - 7 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-3-piece-family-dining-set-with-benches 4-cedar-country-hearts-rocking-glider 5-foot-cedar-1800-traditional-bench-with-slant-brace","","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Included: Treated Pine Deck, 1 x 1 Railings, 4 x 4 Wood Posts w/ Vinyl Sleeve, & Corner Braces. Not Included: Shingles (We Recommend Customer Purchase Locally To Match Their Home & Save on Freight.)
This economy gazebo features durable and maintenance free vinyl construction and a beautiful treated pine deck. The bare roof allows you or your customers to choose the shingles or metal roofing that suits you best. It ships partially assembled in an easy-to-assemble kit.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bali-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSAD45-10SQ00","SSAD45-10SQ00","SSAD45-10SQ00","399.6","649","999","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+310)"" ""Cast Ocean Sunbrella (A48103S)(+310)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+310)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+310)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+310)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Add Cantilever Base"" ""Select to Add Base"" ""Bacara Base (+199.99)(SSBSPA00)"" ""Add Mounting Kit"" ""Select to Add Mounting Kit"" ""Concrete Mounting Kit (SSAMK-C)(+98.99)"" ""In Ground Mounting Kit (SSAMK-G)(+109.99)"" ""Wood Mounting Kit (SSAMK-W)(+89.99)""","Select Color Add Cantilever Base Add Mounting Kit","10' x 10' Square Bali Cantilever Umbrella by Simply Shade","10' x 10' Square Bali Cantilever Umbrella|Different Color Options","Bali","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 10' x 10' Square
Complete Unit Open: 140.5"" W x 120 L x 107.5"" H
Complete Unit Closed: 20.12"" Dia x 109.5"" H
Main Pole Diameter: 2.56"" x 3.54"" Base: Cross bar system is designed to take concrete pavers up to 18"" x 18""","Weight","66 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
Frame: Powder Coated Aluminum (Nylon hubs and connectors)","Movement","
  • Has full 360° rotation with 12 preset locking positions
  • Four (4) front to back tilt positions
  • Has a built in light adapter to fit Selene and Vega umbrella lights (sold separately)
  • Comes with foot pedal to easily rotate canopy
  • Comes with a Cross Bar Stand that accommodates up to 20"" x 20"" pavers (pavers not included)","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Crank to open umbrella
  • 8 Heavy Duty Ribs","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Bali Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","https://youtube.com/v/knKER0FxHpE?rel=0&hd=1&","https://youtube.com/v/xvokXqsOjxc?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878086363","The square Bali cantilever umbrella by Simple Shade, sponsored by Adams All Nature Furniture, includes a stand and a fabric-covered canopy, this canopy is supported by eight heavy-duty ribs. We offer two different kinds of fabric components; you can select the desired one while ordering. Solefin and Sunbrella are both durable water-resistant, and breathable materials. The umbrella contains a full 360° rotation with 12 preset lockings and 4 front-to-back tilt positions spots. This umbrella includes a built-in light adapter to fit Selene and Vega umbrella lights that are sold separately. The foot pedal of the umbrella is exceptionally strong and assessable for better rotation of the canopy. This product also comes with a crossbar stand that accommodates up to 20"" x 20"" sized pavers, but pavers are not included in the design. The overall weight of the product is approximately 66 pounds in weight, while the umbrella canopy alone covers a 10' x 10' square space, the complete unit when open is 140.5 inches wide and 107.5 inches high when open, and it can also be folded when required. The crossbar system is designed to take concrete pavers up to 18"" x 18"". This umbrella requires some assembling before use, and we provide a complete guide containing all the instructions for a convenient yet perfect setup. This item ships through UPS or FedEx ground transportation within 1-5 business days, depending on your location. While larger orders may be shipped through long-haul trucking. The Simply Shade warranty is applicable in this case, and Cedar Wood Furniture assures product excellence as well.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bali-pro-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSAD45SL-10SQ00","SSAD45-10SQ01","SSAD45SL-10SQ00","559","959","1399","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+320)"" ""Cast Ocean Sunbrella (A48103S)(+320)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+320)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+320)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+320)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+320)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+320)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Add Cantilever Base"" ""Select to Add Base"" ""Bacara Base (+199.99) (SSBSPA00)"" ""Add Mounting Kit"" ""Select to Add Mounting Kit"" ""Concrete Mounting Kit (+105.99)(SSAMK-C)"" ""In Ground Mounting Kit (+117.99)(SSAMK-G)"" ""Wood Mounting Kit (+95.99)(SSAMK-W)""","Select Color Add Cantilever Base Add Mounting Kit","10' x 10' Square Bali Pro Cantilever Umbrella by Simply Shade","10' x 10' Square Bali Pro Cantilever Umbrella|Water Resistant","Bali Pro","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 10' x 10' Square
    Complete Unit Open: 140.5"" W x 120 L x 107.5"" H
    Complete Unit Closed: 20.12"" Dia x 109.5"" H
    Main Pole Diameter: 2.56"" x 3.54"" Base: Cross bar system is designed to take concrete pavers up to 18"" x 18""","Weight","71 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Powder Coated Aluminum (Nylon hubs and connectors) Lights: LED lights built into the umbrella ribs","Movement","
  • Has full 360° rotation with 12 preset locking positions
  • Four (4) front to back tilt positions
  • Has built in LED lights
  • Comes with foot pedal to easily rotate canopy
  • Comes with a Cross Bar Stand that accommodates up to 20"" x 20"" pavers (pavers not included)","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Crank to open umbrella
  • 8 Heavy Duty Ribs with LED Lights

    Starlight Specification
  • LED lights built into ribs
  • 50,000 average lifetime hours
  • UL/CE approved 12V digital indoor/outdoor transformer
  • 33 ft. cord
  • Wires and circuit boards are concealed in weatherproof compartment
  • Water resistant UL outdoor approvedd wiring","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Bali Pro Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","https://youtube.com/v/knKER0FxHpE?rel=0&hd=1&","https://youtube.com/v/n5q63IlVVV4?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878086622","The square Bali pro cantilever umbrella by Simple Shade, made available by Adams All Natural Furniture, includes a stand, canopy fabric, and built-in LED lights. The fabric composition can be selected between Solefin and Sunbrella both of which are long-lasting and breathable materials. Plus, the frame is constructed with powder-coated aluminum that is incredibly strong and durable. LED lights are embedded into the eight heavy-duty ribs of the umbrella, all of these have 50,000 average lifetime hours. The umbrella is capable of full 360° rotation with twelve preset lockings, and four front to back tilting positions. The design also includes a foot pedal for easy rotation of the canopy, plus the crossbar stand lodges up to 20"" x 20"" pavers. The umbrella also includes a 33 feet long cord and can function with UL/CE-approved 12V digital indoor and outdoor transformers. For enhanced protection and safety the wires and circuit boards are concealed in a weatherproof compartment. The entire wiring system is waterproof and is approved for outdoor usage. The overall body weighs 71 pounds, and the overall dimensions for open complete units are 140.5"" W x 120 L x 107.5"" H. The pro cantilever umbrella requires some assembling before usage but we provide a complete instructions manual and the required hardware. The Simple Shade warranty is applicable for this product, and Cedar Wood Furniture assures product quality on its end too. This item ships mainly through UPS or FedEx.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "catalina-11-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM92-1100","SSUM92-1100","SSUM92-1100","147.6","249","369","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+230)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+230)"" ""Black Sunbrella (A5408)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Spa Sunbrella (A5413)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+230)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+230)"" ""Milano Cobalt Sunbrella (A56080)(+230)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Astoria Sunset Stripe Sunbrella (A56095)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Lemon Solefin (D2402)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Henna Solefin (D2407)"" ""Black Solefin (D2408)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (D2446)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Gray Tweed Solefin (D3450)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Select Post Color"" ""Bronze (#SSUM92-1100)(As Shown)"" ""Black (#SSUM92-1109)""","Select Color","11' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","11' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","Catalina 11""","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 11' Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 132"" Dia. x 104.9"" H
    ","Weight","16 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 2 Way Push Botton Tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 80 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Pole Diameter of 1.38"" Top / 1.5"" Bottom
  • 8 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Catalina Insturction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/sTHR4sAddv0?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878580403","11' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella is available in two fabric options, i.e. Solefin or Sunbrella. While the body frame is formed using bronze powder-coated aluminum for enhanced strength and durability. Even with a widespread 11' octagon canopy, the umbrella is quite easier to handle. A hand-crank system and a 2-way push bottom tilt allow you to move the umbrella without any hassle. With a wide range of colors, you can order the one compatible with your home decorations.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "ibiza-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUWA811SS","SSUWA811SS","SSUWA811SS","323.6","549","809","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+390)"" ""Cast Ocean Sunbrella (A48103S)(+390)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+390)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+390)"" ""Black Sunbrella (A5408)(+390)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+390)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+390)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Black Solefin (D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (D2446)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)""","Select Color","11' Octagon Ibiza Umbrella by Simply Shade","11' Octagon Ibiza Umbrella|Several Color Schemes","Ibiza","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 11' Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 132"" Dia. x 107.83"" H
    ","Weight","31.5 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Powder Coated Aluminum Pole and Hardwood Ribs","Movement","
  • Double Pulley System
  • No tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 100 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Rope Pulley System to Raise Canopy
  • 8 Heavy Duty Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Ibiza","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/bZi3RvQUXpc?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878720755","The 11' octagon Ibiza umbrella by Simply Shade, made available by Adams All Natural Furniture, is heavy duty and durable outdoor shade sanctuary for blistering hot days. Not only does it provide relief from the blistering heat of the unforgiving summer sun but also looks cool while doing so thanks to the many color schemes available such as jockey red, beige, antique beige, taupe, and natural, to name a few. Some assembly is needed on your end too but that's only minimal. Overall, the complete unit with its solefin or sunbrella canopy, powder-coated aluminum pole, and hardwood ribs weigh only 31.5 lbs in total which is easily manageable. This whole ensemble covers a span of 132"" D x 107.83"" H and needs a 100 lbs base to keep it steady. Plus, the product is covered by Simply Shade's limited warranty policy and quality assurance from Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "lanai-pro-11-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM81SL-1100","SSUM81SL-1100","SSUM81SL-1100","251.6","429","629","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+220)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+220)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+220)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+220)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Black Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)""","Select Color","11' Octagon Lanai Pro Starlights Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","11' Octagon Lanai Pro Starlights Market Umbrella|Available In Several Shades","Lanai Pro 11""","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 11' Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 132"" Dia. x 104.8"" H
    ","Weight","25 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 45 degree infiniti tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 80 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • 1.5"" Aluminum Pole
  • 8 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    Starlight Specification
  • LED lights built into ribs
  • 50,000 average lifetime hours
  • UL/CE approved 12V digital indoor/outdoor transformer
  • 32 ft. cord
  • Wires and circuit boards are concealed in weatherproof compartment
  • Water resistant UL outdoor approvedd wiring","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Lanai Pro Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/4VOFx_hYQtc?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878382922","The 11' octagon lanai pro starlights market umbrella by Simply Shade, available on Adams All Natural Furniture, covers a span of 132"" D x 104.8"" H when the complete unit is opened up. The whole unit weighs about 25 lbs and consists of solefin or sunbrella fabric (your choice), a bronze powdered coated aluminum frame, ribs, and a base (minimum 80 lbs needed - sold separately). The umbrella is available in a range of eye-candy colors and textures such as blue sky solefin, ginkgo sunbrella, navy sunbrella, black solefin, black sunbrella, really red solefin, jockey red sunbrella, antique beige sunbrella, beige solefin, and taupe solefin, to name a few. The ribs of the umbrella contain several LED bulbs which have an average lifetime period of 50,000 hours. This circuit can be operated with both indoor and outdoor transformers (must be 12V and UL/CE approved). All the wiring is sealed inside water-resistant sections of the structure so you need not worry about anything. Lastly, the umbrella is backed by a limited warranty from Simply Shade and excellence assurance from Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "11ft-premium-market-collar-auto-tilt","ST-UM11","UM11-MO","UM11","258.75","419","554.3","""Frame Color"" ""Select One"" ""Maple"" ""Durango"" ""Canopy Color"" ""Select One"" ""Forest Green (Outdura)"" ""Pacific Blue (Outdura)"" ""Antique Beige (Outdura)"" ""Kona Brown (Outdura)"" ""Paprika (Outdura) (+32)""","Frame Color Canopy Color","11Ft Premium Market Umbrella","11-Foot Premium Market Umbrella","","Pole Information","40mm Diameter x 1.2mm Thichness
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Rib Information","Rib size (8 Ribs)
    19.5mm x 13.5mm","Stainless Steel Cord
    Auto Tilt
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Frame Colors","Available in
  • Durango
  • Maple","Canopy Fabric Colors","Available in Outdura Solution Dyed Polyester:
  • Forest Green
  • Pacific Blue
  • Antique Beige
  • Kona Brown
  • Paprika","Special Features","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","t","","","","","","","","","t","","","umbrellas-9-5-ft---12-ft","","","","","Avanti/Shade Trends","shade trends","","t","","Command the weather rather than the other way around with the 11-Foot Premium Market Umbrella from Cedarwood Furniture. Available in a variety of attractive frame and canopy fabric colors, this umbrella will protect you, your family and friends from sun and moisture while adding a decorative note to your outdoor environment. Use it with a stand or team it up with a table like our Cedar Backyard Bash Cross-Legged Picnic Table with Detached Benches.

    Need an umbrella stand to go with your umbrella. For umbrellas larger than 10"" we recommend using at least a 75 pound Patio umbrella base;

    It's always good practice to keep your umbrella closed when you aren't enjoying the shade that it provides you. Wind storms can creep up when you aren't at home or asleep and can cause damage to any patio umbrella left open.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1212-gablevent","KD-GV1212","","GV1212","73.02","","99.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+15)"" ""Yellow Pine (+16)"" ""PVC (+38.50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 12 Gable Vent","12 x 12 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 11.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 14""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","22.19","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 12"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 10 x 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1216-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1216","","GVT1216","102.66","","172.05","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+19)"" ""Yellow Pine (+22)"" ""PVC (+55)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+27)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+27)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.2","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 16"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1216-gablevent","KD-GV1216","","GV1216","82.44","","123.63","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+18)"" ""Yellow Pine (+21)"" ""PVC (+46)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer Add (+20)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+20)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 16 Gable Vent","12 x 16 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","25.82","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 16"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1218-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1218","","GVT1218","106.59","","177.11","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+22)"" ""Yellow Pine (+25)"" ""PVC (+58)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+28)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+28)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","36.66","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 18"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1220-gablevent","KD-GV1220","","GV1220","87.8","","127.84","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+22)"" ""Yellow Pine (+24)"" ""PVC (+58)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+21)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+21)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 20 Gable Vent","12 x 20 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 19.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 22""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 23.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 20""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","27.55","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 20"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 20"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1224-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1224","","GVT1224","114.06","","188.89","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+27)"" ""Yellow Pine (+30)"" ""PVC (+82)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+28)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+28)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 24"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1224-gablevent","KD-GV1224","","GV1224","92.06","","137.16","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+24)"" ""Yellow Pine (+28)"" ""PVC (+70)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surfact Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 24 Gable Vent","12 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","28.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1228-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1228","","GVT1228","117.37","","195","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+32)"" ""Yellow Pine (+35)"" ""PVC (+92)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 28 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 28 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x27.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 30""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 31.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 28""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 28"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 28"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1230-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1230","","GVT1230","119.88","","203.95","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+36)"" ""Yellow Pine (+40)"" ""PVC (+105)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","40.58","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1230-gablevent","KD-GV1230","","GV1230","97.31","","139.84","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+31)"" ""Yellow Pine (+32)"" ""PVC (+95)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+23)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+23)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 30 Gable Vent","12 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","30.1","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1232-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1232","","GVT1232","124.26","","208.89","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+37)"" ""Yellow Pine (+41)"" ""PVC (+109)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 32 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 32 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 31.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 34""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 35.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 32""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","42.24","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 32"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 32"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1234-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1234","","GVT1234","128.36","","216.05","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+39)"" ""Yellow Pine (+42)"" ""PVC (+128)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+34)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+34)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+26)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 34 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 34 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 33.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 36""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 34""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","43.76","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 34"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 34"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1236-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1236","","GVT1236","132","","228.85","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+40)"" ""Yellow Pine (+49)"" ""PVC (+135)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+36)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+36)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+26)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","45.16","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1236-gablevent","KD-GV1236","","GV1236","107.21","","156.26","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+38)"" ""Yellow Pine (+42)"" ""PVC (+115)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+24)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+24)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 36 Gable Vent","12 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","33.57","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1242-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1242","","GVT1242","142","","241.42","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+50)"" ""Yellow Pine(+55)"" ""PVC (+141)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+40)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+40)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+27)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","48.7","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 42"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 42"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1242-gablevent","KD-GV1242","","GV1242","115.51","","171.84","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+42)"" ""Yellow Pine (+48)"" ""PVC (+135)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+28)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+28)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 42 Gable Vent","12 x 42 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","36.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1248-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1248","","GVT1248","154.54","","261.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+58)"" ""Yellow Pine (+60)"" ""PVC (+155)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+41)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+41)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+32)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","12 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","53.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 48"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1248-gablevent","KD-GV1248","","GV1248","125.44","","185.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+48)"" ""Yellow Pine (+56)"" ""PVC (+160)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+30)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+30)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12 x 48 Gable Vent","12 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "12-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO12","","GVO12","83.04","","125.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+14)"" ""Yellow Pine (+16)"" ""PVC (+41)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+20)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+20)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12"" Octagon Gable Vent","12"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","26.85","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "12-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR12","","GVR12","90.55","","142.58","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+14)"" ""Yellow Pine (+16)"" ""PVC (+44)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","12"" Round Gable Vent","12"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 11.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 14""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","29.17","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 12"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 12"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1418-gablevent","KD-GV1418","","GV1418","89.12","","134.22","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+21)"" ""Yellow Pine (+24)"" ""PVC (+65)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+20)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+20)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","14 x 18 Gable Vent","14 x 18 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 13.5"" x 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 16"" x 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 17.5"" x 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 14"" x 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","27.79","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 14 x 18"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 14 x 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1448-gablevent","KD-GV1448","","GV1448","135.59","","201.95","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+58)"" ""Yellow Pine (+64)"" ""PVC (+175)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+23)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","14 x 48 Gable Vent","14 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 14.5"" x 48.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 16"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 17.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 14"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","50.03","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 14 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 14 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1414-gablevent","KD-GV1414","","GV1414","83.74","","126.83","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+18)"" ""Yellow Pine (+20)"" ""PVC (+52)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+18)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+18)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","14 x 14 Gable Vent","14 x 14 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 13.5"" x 13.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 16"" x 16""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 17.5"" x 17.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 14"" x 14""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","26.03","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 14 x 14"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 14 x 14"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1424-gablevent","KD-GV1424","","GV1424","95.15","","142.58","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+29)"" ""Yellow Pine (+32)"" ""PVC (+88.50)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","14 x 24 Gable Vent","14 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 13.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 16"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 17.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 14"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","29.47","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 14 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 14 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1436-gablevnet","KD-GV1436","","GV1436","114.67","","167.89","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+43)"" ""Yellow Pine (+48)"" ""PVC (+129)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","14 x 36 Gable Vent","14 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 13.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 16"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 17.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 14"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","36.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 14 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 14 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1636-gablevent","KD-GV1636","","GV1636","123.76","","186","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+50)"" ""Yellow Pine (+55)"" ""PVC (+155)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+29)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+29)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","16 x 36 Gable Vent","16 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1616-gablevent","KD-GV1616","","GV1616","90.27","","136.58","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+22)"" ""Yellow Pine (+24)"" ""PVC (+67)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 16 Gable Vent","16 x 16 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 159.5"" x 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","27.93","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 16"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1624-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1624","","GVT1624","124.25","","208.89","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+37)"" ""Yellow Pine (+42)"" ""PVC (+106)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","16 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","42.24","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 24"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1624-gablevent","KD-GV1624","","GV1624","100.82","","155.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+33)"" ""Yellow Pine (+38)"" ""PVC (+99)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 24 Gable Vent","16 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 15.5"" x 23.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","31.35","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1630-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1630","","GVT1630","138.1","","227.11","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+47)"" ""Yellow Pine (+52)"" ""PVC (+136)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+38)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+38)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+14)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","16 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","47.55","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1630-gablevent","KD-GV1630","","GV1630","111.96","","168","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+40)"" ""Yellow Pine (+46)"" ""PVC (+115)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+24)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+24)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 30 Gable Vent","16 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.41","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1636-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1636","","GVT1636","152.85","","261.32","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+55)"" ""Yellow Pine (+58)"" ""PVC (+170)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+43)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+43)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+31)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","16 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","16 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","53.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1642-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1642","","GVT1642","166.48","","278.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+65)"" ""Yellow Pine (+68)"" ""PVC (+195)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+48)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+48)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+33)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","16 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","16 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","58.51","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 42"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 42"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1642-gablevent","KD-GV1642","","GV1642","134.75","","203","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+58)"" ""Yellow Pine (+64)"" ""PVC (+175)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+24)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 42 Gable Vent","16 x 42 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","43.77","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 42"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 42"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1648-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1648","","GVT1648","199.9","","305.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+72)"" ""Yellow Pine (+82)"" ""PVC (+210)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+50)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+50)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+40)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","16 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","73.35","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 48"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1648-gablevent","KD-GV1648","","GV1648","165.25","","237.21","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+65)"" ""Yellow Pine (+79)"" ""PVC (+195)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+44)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+44)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+27)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+27)""","","16 x 48 Gable Vent","16 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","54.96","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "16-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO16","","GVO16","102.57","","150.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+25)"" ""Yellow Pine (+27)"" ""PVC (+68)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19.50)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16"" Octagon Gable Vent","16"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","33.64","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "16-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR16","","GVR16","111.79","","177.32","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+25)"" ""Yellow Pine (+27)"" ""PVC (+72)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+29)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+29)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","16"" Round Gable Vent","16"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","36.5","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 16"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1818-gablevent","KD-GV1818","","GV1818","95.79","","142.26","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+30)"" ""Yellow Pine (+32)"" ""PVC (+89)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 18 Gable Vent","18 x 18 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","29.37","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 18"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1824-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1842","","GVT1842","132.17","","232.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+43)"" ""Yellow Pine (+46)"" ""PVC (+129)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+35)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+35)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+26)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","18 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","72.5","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 24"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1824-gablevent","KD-GV1824","","GV1824","107.21","","160","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+37)"" ""Yellow Pine(+44)"" ""PVC (+120)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 24 Gable Vent","18 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 18"" x 24""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","33.57","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1830-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1830","","GVT1830","147.28","","247.63","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+58)"" ""Yellow Pine (+59)"" ""PVC (+168)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+40)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+40)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+31)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","18 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","51.07","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1830-gablevent","KD-GV1830","","GV1830","119.33","","180.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+49)"" ""Yellow Pine (+54)"" ""PVC (+152)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+30)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+30)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 30 Gable Vent","18 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","38.09","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1836-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1836","","GVT1836","163.08","","268.89","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+60)"" ""Yellow Pine (+71)"" ""PVC (+190)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+46)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+46)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+34)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","18 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","57.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1836-gablevent","KD-GV1836","","GV1836","131.94","","200.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+56)"" ""Yellow Pine (+68)"" ""PVC (+162)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+33)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+33)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+23)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18 x 36 Gable Vent","18 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","42.85","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1842-gablevent","KD-GV1842","","GV1842","162.85","","236.05","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+65)"" ""Yellow Pine (+77)"" ""PVC (+195)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+34)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+34)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+27)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","18 x 42 Gable Vent","18 x 42 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","54.32","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 42"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 35"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1848-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT1848","","GVT1848","214.37","","320.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+72)"" ""Yellow Pine (+76)"" ""PVC (+229)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+52)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+52)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+40)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","18 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","18 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","79.82","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 48"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "1848-gablevent","KD-GV1848","","GV1848","176.81","","255","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+75)"" ""Yellow Pine (+81)"" ""PVC (+215)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+38)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+38)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+28)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+32)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+32)""","","18 x 48 Gable Vent","18 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","59.89","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "18-in-cedar-open-cube","CR-WRF1818CUBECVD","WRF1818CUBECVD","WRF1818CUBECVD","239","419","537.75","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+87) WRF1818CUBECVD-CS""","","18"" Cedar Cube","Cedar Wood 18-Inch Cube – CedarwoodFurniture.com","18"" x 18"" Cedar Cube","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","13 lbs","Dimensions","Outside:
    18""W x 18""D x 18""H
    Interior:
    16""W x 17""D x 16""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-decorative-mailbox-post cedar-mailbox","cedardeckboxes","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","The deceptively simple Cedar Wood 18-Inch Cube from Cedarwood Furniture is actually a multitasking wonder. It’s great for storing pool supplies, kids’ toys or many other uses. Just use your imagination and you’ll find dozens of ways to put this piece to work. Made in the U.S. of naturally weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, the cube is built to last and covered by a three-year manufacturer’s warranty. It’s available unfinished or stained and sealed.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "18-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR18","","GVHR18","96","","149.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+14)"" ""Yellow Pine (+15)"" ""PVC (+42)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+26)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+26)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18"" Half Round Gable Vent","18"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17 1/2"" x 6 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20"" x 10""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21 1/2"" x 10 3/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","31.23","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18"" halfround vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "18-ocatgon-gabelvent","KD-GVO18","","GVO18","108.49","","155.85","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+32)"" ""Yellow Pine (+35)"" ""PVC (+92)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18"" Octagon Gabel Vent","18"" Octagon Gabel Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.27","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "18-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR18","","GVR18","118.02","","189","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+32)"" ""Yellow Pine (+36)"" ""PVC (+92)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+24)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","18"" Round Gable Vent","18"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","38.22","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 18"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2-cedar-closet-drawer-15-wide","KD-CD1414-2","CD1414-2","CD1414-2","226","","370.2631578","","","2 Cedar Drawers: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 14"" Wide - Exclusive Item","14"" Box with 2 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Overall Dimensions & Weight","14"" Wide x 14"" Deep x 14"" High 25-lbs.","","Interior Dimensions","Space inside each drawer: 10"" W x 12"" D x 5.75"" H","","","","Solid Aromatic Red Cedar & Aromatic Red Cedar Veneered Plywood","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate.","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Drawer Closet Organizer Box with Drawers
    2 Drawer Unit High Grade Aromatic Cedar of excellent quality is what you can expect from your new cedar closet. Mix and match this item with other size drawer units, a shoe rack or even open shelves and configure your own custom closet system. No screws are used on our drawer units. They are only used to attached the drawer glides. Corners are glued and stapled. The lumber used for the exterior of the box is 3/4"" cedar and then the drawers are roughly 3/4"" thick as well. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer!","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Great CraftsmanshipBy: ,
    OUTSTANDING WORK VERY HAPPY WITH MY LAST ORDERS SO I'M GOING TO BOTHER YOU FOR TWO MORE UNITS.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "cedardrawers","KD-CD1428-2","CD1428-2","CD1428-2","280","","469.7368422","""Add Base"" ""No"" ""Yes, Add Kickplate (+106) CPK28"" ""Yes, Add Contoured Base (+106) CPC28""","","2 Cedar Drawers: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 28"" Wide - Exclusive Item","28"" Box with 2 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Overall Dimensions & Weight","28"" W x 14"" D x 14"" H
    35-lbs.
    Optional 4""H Base","Base Options
    Kickplate Option
    Contoured Base Option","Interior Dimensions","28""W x 14""D x 14""H Boxes with 2 Drawers ea (Space inside each drawer: 24"" W x 12"" D x 5.75"" H)","","","See Base Styles","Solid Aromatic Red Cedar & Aromatic Red Cedar Veneered Plywood","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Dresser Drawer Closet Organizer - 2 Drawer Unit - Optional Platform Base shown in one of the images above. Must be ordered separately. This genuine aromatic red cedar wood double drawer closet organizer instantly transforms your ordinary closet into a custom cedar closet system. The distinctive woodland scent of aromatic red cedar is nature's all natural deodorizer! Continuously freshens stale clothes and repels insects. So throw away your smelly toxic chemical moth balls and convert to a natural lasting cedar wood closet system. The lightweight mobility of this stack-able mix-and-match wooden storage unit allows you to add on additional components as needed and arrange them to fit your space. This aromatic red cedar wood closet organizer is strong, durable and destined to become an heirloom. Comes with Full Extension Metal Glides. Also see our other red cedar closet organizer units. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer! This 28"" wide cedar closet component also comes in 1 or 3 drawer configuration. See our Aromatic Cedar Closet Section to view all of your optional.","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Very HappyBy: ,
    I had a problem with the closure on my first order and the customer service was very helpful. My problem was solved. The replacement box came today and it is perfect. My compliments to such nice craftsmanship. Thank you for all your help. I am a fan of Cedar Wood Furniture.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","cedar-closet" "childs-adirondack","WC-TL-CAD","TL-CAD","TL-CAD","111","215","295","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+9)""","Select Finish","2' Countryside Kids Adirondack Chair","Cedar Wood Countryside Kids’ Adirondack Chair","T&L Childs Adirondak","Dimensions","23"" x 26"" x 26""","","","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","villa-bench countryside-adirndack","kids-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","At Cedarwood Furniture, we can’t swear that sitting in our Cedar Wood Countryside Kids’ Adirondack Chair will guarantee a happy childhood. We can say that practically all children will love plopping down in this comfy, attractive little chair, however. Made in the U.S. from the same premium, weather-resistant materials as the grown-up pieces in the Countryside collection, this chair is built to last. It may well serve more than one generation. Wood plugs cover the screws to ensure your child’s comfort and safety.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-set-of-2-2-ft-straight-cedar-log-style-benches","LL-B19A","B19A","B19A","76.5","150","197","""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""2 Ft Bench #B19A"" ""3 Ft Bench (+12) #B20A""","","2' or 3' Straight Cedar Log Style Bench","Cedar Wood Log-Style 2-Foot Bench","Small Straight Bench","Dimensions","15"" d X 24"" w X 17"" h","Weight","15 lbs ea","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","29","31","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711001919","See below how checking is a normal characteristic of cedar log furniture. Sometimes, the simplest things offer the best solution. That?s the case with the Cedar Wood Log-Style 2-Foot Bench from Cedarwood Furniture. This elegantly simple little log bench will look great in your garden, whether you use it for digging in the dirt or just sitting and appreciating the serene beauty that surrounds you. Use it as a standalone or place it next to a matching cedar piece, like our 42-Inch Rectangular Cedar Log-Style Coffee Table, to provide emergency overflow seating at parties.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "3-garden-bridge-atc","ATC-FB24","FB24","FB24","49","102","156","""Size and Style"" ""Select One"" ""2' w/o Rails [FB24]"" ""3' w/o Rails [FB36] (+62)"" ""3' with Rails [FB36-R] (+122)"" ""4' w/o Rails [FB48] (+143)"" ""4' with Rails [FB48-R] (+199)"" ""6' w/o Rails [FB72] (+349)"" ""6' with Rails [FB72-R] (+510)"" ""8' w/o Rails [FB96] (+590)"" ""8' with Rails [FB96-R] (+802)"" ""12' w/o Rails [FB144] (+1827)""","","2', 3', 4', 6', 8' or 12' Garden Bridge Kit","Western Red Cedar Wood Garden Bridge Kit|Foot Bridge Kit","Simple Cedar Garden Bridge","Dimensions","2 Foot Bridge-
    24"" W x 29"" D x 4"" H
    Side Arch - 17"" W x 1"" H
    3 Foot Bridge-
    36"" W x 29"" D x 7"" H
    Side Arch - 21"" W x 1.5"" H
    3 Foot Bridge with Rails-
    36"" W x 29 ""D x 33"" H
    Side Arch - 21"" W x 1.5"" H
    4 Foot Bridge-
    47"" W x 35"" D x 7"" H
    Side Arch - 32"" W x 1.5"" H
    4 Foot Bridge with Rails-
    47"" W x 36"" D x 33"" H
    Side Arch - 32"" W x 1.5"" H
    6 Foot Bridge-
    72"" W x 35"" D x 12"" H
    Side Arch - 51"" W x 4.5"" H
    6 Foot Bridge with Rails-
    72"" W x 38"" D x 34"" H
    Side Arch - 51"" W x 4.5"" H
    8 Foot Bridge-
    94"" W x 35"" D x 12"" H
    Side Arch - 66"" W x 4.5"" H
    8 Foot Bridge with Rails-
    94"" W x 38"" D x 36"" H
    Side Arch - 66"" W x 4.5"" H
    12 Foot Bridge-
    144"" W x 35"" D x 15"" H
    Side Arch - 110"" W x 5"" H
    12 Foot Bridge with Rails-
    144"" W x 38"" D x 38"" H
    Side Arch - 110"" W x 5"" H","Weight","2' Bridge
    9 lbs
    3' Bridge
    22 lbs
    3' Bridge with Rails
    27 lbs
    4' Bridge
    29 lbs
    4' Bridge with Rails
    37 lbs
    6' Bridge
    50 lbs
    6' Bridge with Rails
    65 lbs
    8' Bridge
    63 lbs
    8' Bridge with Rails
    85 lbs
    12' Bridge
    135 lbs
    8' Bridge with Rails
    165 lbs","2 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 250 lbs.
    3 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 400 lbs.
    4 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 400 lbs.
    6 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 400 lbs.
    8 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 400 lbs.
    12 Foot Bridge
    Approximate Load Weight - 800 lbs.","Rail Height (If Ordered)","6ft Bridge - 22"" High
    8ft Bridge - 24"" High
    12ft Bridge - 23"" High","Load Capacity","2' Bridge - Up to 250 Lbs
    3' to 8' Bridge - Up to 400 Lbs
    10' Bridge - Up to 800 Lbs
    Note: These bridges are made for foot traffic at your home. They are not meant for commercial use or for lawn mowers to go over.","Load Limit","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company. Also, the 12' size bridges with and without a rail ship via long haul truck and require an appointment for delivery.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","t","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","pagoda-arbor red-cedar-large-garden-pagoda-arbor loveseat-atc","gardenbridges","","","27","19","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088003098","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Bridge images above are shown in the 4', 6' and 12' sizes with and without rails. The Wood Garden Bridge Kit from Cedarwood Furniture will give your garden or yard an air of peace and tranquility. Available in a range of sizes from 2’ to 12’, these foot bridge kits can suit practically any space. Please note below for materials used based on the size of bridge kit. Their durable cedar construction means they will resist insects and weather. Optional handrails are available at an extra cost.

    *** This bridge is intended for pedestrian traffic only and is not commercial use rated ***","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    PerfectBy: ,
    This was the perfect addition to the spot where we needed a bridge in our garden. Easy to assemble.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "20-x-20-square-gable-vent","KD-GV2020","","GV2020","104.16","","151.84","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+38)"" ""Yellow Pine (+42)"" ""PVC (+102)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","20 x 20 Square Gable Vent","20 x 20 Square Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 19.5"" x 19.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 22"" x 22""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 23.5"" x 23.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 20"" x 20""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","32.13","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 20 x 20"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 20 x 20"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-20-in-cedar-log-style-side-table","LL-B35A","35A","35A","121.75","190.43","304.38","","","20"" Cedar Log Style Side Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 20” Side Table","Table w/o Drawer","Dimensions","20"" sq 24"" h","Weight","24 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the same business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","24","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","779711003517","You, your friends and family will always have quality by your side with the Cedar Wood Log-Style 20' Side Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in Canada of beautiful, natural Northern white cedar, this table has coated, rust-resistant hardware to complement cedar's natural resistance to the elements. Its 24"" square top provides a perfect platform for drinks, snacks, books or other small items. Set it by practically any type of outdoor furniture, such as our Cedar Log Chaise Lounger.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2222-gablevent","KD-GV2222","","GV2222","113.93","","168","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+39)"" ""Yellow Pine (+46)"" ""PVC (+119)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+25)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+25)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22 x 22 Gable Vent","22 x 22 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 21.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 24""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 25.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 22""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.55","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 22"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 22"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2224-gablevent","KD-GV2224","","GV2224","118.92","","178","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+42)"" ""Yellow Pine (+48)"" ""PVC (+132)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+26)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+26)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22 x 24 Gable Vent","22 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","37.51","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2230-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2230","","GVT2230","165.22","","265.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+65)"" ""Yellow Pine (+71)"" ""PVC (+178)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+45)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+45)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+32)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","22 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","57.91","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2230-gablevent","KD-GV2230","","GV2230","133.78","","205","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+52)"" ""Yellow Pine (+60)"" ""PVC (+168)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+30)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+30)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+23)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22 x 30 Gable Vent","22 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","43.32","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2236-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2236","","GVT2236","203.03","","295.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+75)"" ""Yellow Pine (+83)"" ""PVC (+224)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+52)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+52)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+36)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","22 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","22 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 48""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","75.02","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2236-gablevent","KD-GV2236","","GV2236","167.62","","245","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+68)"" ""Yellow Pine (+79)"" ""PVC (+198)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+36)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+36)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+28)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+29)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+29)""","","22 x 36 Gable Vent","22 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","56.24","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2248-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2248","","GVT2248","245.31","","375","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+99)"" ""Yellow Pine (+115)"" ""PVC (+299)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+65)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+65)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+52)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","22 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","22 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","93.83","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 48"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2248-gablevent","KD-GV2248","","GV2248","201.37","","300.26","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+90)"" ""Yellow Pine (+105)"" ""PVC (+259)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+46)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+46)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+34)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+38)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+38)""","","22 x 48 Gable Vent","22 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","70.52","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "22-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO22","","GVO22","128","","198.85","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+47)"" ""Yellow Pine (+52)"" ""PVC (+129)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+32)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+32)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+28)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22"" Octagon Gabe Vent","22"" Octagon Gabe Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","42.51","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "22-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR22","","GVR22","140.06","","205.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+52)"" ""Yellow Pine (+58)"" ""PVC (+128)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+37)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+37)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+28)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","22"" Round Gable Vent","22"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 21.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 24""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 25.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 22""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","45.99","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 22"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 22"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2424-gablevent","KD-GV2424","","GV2424","125.44","","195.11","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+48)"" ""Yellow Pine (+55)"" ""PVC (+155)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+31)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+31)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+29)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","24 x 24 Gable Vent","24 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 24"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2430-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2430","","GVT2430","192.25","","285.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+80)"" ""Yellow Pine (+86)"" ""PVC (+205)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+46)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+46)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+35)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","24 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","24 x 30 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","69.89","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 30"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2430-gablevent","KD-GV2430","","GV2430","159.16","","226.31","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+62)"" ""Yellow Pine (+72)"" ""PVC (+185)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+35)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+35)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+27)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","24 x 30 Gable Vent","24 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","52.35","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2436-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2436","","GVT2436","214.37","","315.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+85)"" ""Yellow Pine (+98)"" ""PVC (+228)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+55)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+55)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+40)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","24 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","24 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","79.82","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2436-gablevent","KD-GV2436","","GV2436","176.81","","256.05","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+75)"" ""Yellow Pine (+85)"" ""PVC (+220)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+38)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+38)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+29)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+32)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+32)""","","24 x 36 Gable Vent","24 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","59.89","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2442-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2442","","GVT2442","236.85","","325.85","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+100)"" ""Yellow Pine (+106)"" ""PVC (+275)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+46)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+46)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+44)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+29)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+29)""","","24 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","24 x 42 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 41.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 44""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 45.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","89.94","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 42"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 42"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2448-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT2448","","GVT2448","262.04","","389.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+110)"" ""Yellow Pine (+128)"" ""PVC (+320)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+55)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+55)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+52)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+29)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+29)""","","24 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","24 x 48 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","101.5","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 48"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2448-gablevent","KD-GV2448","","GV2448","214.55","","328.68","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+98)"" ""Yellow Pine (+120)"" ""PVC (+295)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+48)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+48)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+36)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+39)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+39)""","","24 x 48 Gable Vent","24 x 48 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5"" x 47.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 50""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5"" x 51.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24"" x 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","76.3","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24 x 48"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24 x 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "lincoln-24-in-backless-barstool","DS-1524","1524","1524","95.85","132","146.67","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+12)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","24"" Backless Counter Height Stool – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 24” Backless Barstool","Lincoln Backless 24"" Barstool","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","10 Lbs","Overall:
    24"" H x 13"" W x 13"" D
    Seat Height:
    24""","Construction","Features 1 1/4"" Thick Wooden Seat
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.
    Solid wood construction.
    Commercial grade quality.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","lincoln-30-in-backless-barstool fireside-woven-bench ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","10","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Simple, functional and durable, the Solid Ash Wood 24” Backless Barstool from Cedarwood Furniture is perfect for kitchens and man caves as well as bars and just about anywhere else where you want comfy, convenient seating inside or outdoors under cover. Made in the U.S. and standing 2 feet tall, these hardwood stools are built to last a lifetime. Choose from black or natural finishes, or opt for the unfinished version and finish it yourself to match practically any decor.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "woven-24-in-backless-counter-stool","DS-324W","324W","324W","111","149.5","190","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+25)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","24"" Backless Counter Stool with Woven Seat – Color Options","24"" Backless Counter Stool | Various Color Options Available","Calabash Wood Counter Stool 24""","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","14 Lbs","Overall:
    24"" H x 14.5"" W x 14.5"" D
    Seat Height:
    24""","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.
    Solid wood construction.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime. Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat entryway-woven-bench wood-rocking-chair","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","14","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","*** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood *** This backless counter stool with a woven seat by Adams All Natural Furniture is made with premium quality solid ash hardwood. The counter stool is appropriate for both indoor and covered outdoor areas, the product comes fully assembled and is ready to use. You can order for unfinished or finished. The unfinished product doesn't have any additional coating on while the finished stool can be completely painted or stained. You can decide the color for the finishing coating, we offer a wide range of options including natural, white, red, sienna red, blue, green, olive, black, medium oak, walnut, cranberry, and so on. The construction of the product includes a woven cord seat and a commercial-grade durable twisted paper cord with overall dimensions of 24"" H x 14.5"" W x 14.5"" D. The item is shipped by UPS or FedEx within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. For larger orders, we prefer long-haul trucking. The item is covered by Cedar Wood Furniture warranty for product defects for 30 days and shipping damage for 5 days after delivery. You can complete your set by also including the Entryway Bench with Woven Seat .","","","","","","","","","","","none" "24in-black-firewood-rack-hoop","MBB-W1890","W1890","W1890","28.60","59.16","63.95","","","24"" Black Log Firewood Rack Hoop","24"" Black Log Firewood Rack Hoop","","Dimensions","27"" H x 24"" W","","","","","","","","","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal","","","1 Year Limited Factory Warranty","","","","","","t","40in-black-firewood-hoop 32inch-wide-oil-rubbed-bronze-firebowl 21-6inch-wide-aged-bronze-firebowl-with-leaf-design","firewoodracks","","","","10.9","Blue Rhino","blue-rhino","","t","728649801337","For smaller amounts of wood, this 24""; firewood hoop is the perfect choice. Two wide steel legs support the powder coated steel hoops. The hoops are connected at the top then broaden at the base to provide the perfect place to store your firewood. Stack your wood inside the hoops for an attractive, convenient storage rack and display. Your firewood will be dry and ready to use when you need it.

    Do you need more storage for your firewood? Check out the 40"" Steel Firewood Hoop or you can view all of our Firewood Racks.

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat","DS-1224W","1224W","1224W","140","182","229.33","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+12)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","24"" Counter Height Stool with Woven Seat – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 24” Counter-Height Stool with Woven Seat","Morrisette 24"" Barstool","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","14 Lbs","Overall:
    38"" H x 18.75"" W x 17"" D
    Seat Height:
    23.5""
    Seat Depth:
    16.25""","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Slightly Curved Seat Back for Comfort
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","ladder-backed-30-in-barstool-woven-seat outdoor-rocking-chair entryway-woven-bench","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","14","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Belly up to your home bar or sit comfortably at your breakfast nook with the Solid Ash Wood 24” Counter-Height Stool with Woven Seat from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S., this chair boasts a timelessly elegant and simple style that will impress your guests. Built to last a lifetime indoors or in a covered area outside, it is available unfinished or in your choice of black, walnut or medium oak finishes.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "short-curved-ladderback-barstool-woven-seat","DS-424W","4W","424W","144","189.5","247.33","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+25)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","24"" Curved Ladderback Counter Height Stool – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood Curved Ladder-Back Counter-Height Stool","Maiden Dining Chair","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","15 Lbs","Overall:
    38"" H x 17.25"" W x 14.5"" D
    Seat Dims:
    23.5""H x 17.25""W in Front & 14.5""W in Back","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Back: Slightly Curved for comfort
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime - Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","dining-arm-chair-curved-ladderback-woven-seat wooden-rocking-chair tall-curved-ladderback-barstool-woven-seat","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","12","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","The Solid Ash Wood Curved Ladder-Back Dining Chair with Woven Seat from Cedarwood Furniture combines comfort with style. Measuring 38” high, these tall ladder-back chairs look just like antique ladder-back chairs. Made in the U.S. of solid hardwood with careful craftsmanship, they may well become antiques for future generations. Choose a walnut Dixie Seating ladder-back chair or a variety of other finishes.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "24-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR24","","GVHR24","115.73","","184.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+24)"" ""Yellow Pine (+26)"" ""PVC (+75)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+30)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+30)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+25)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","24"" Half Round Gable Vent","24"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23 1/2"" x 9 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26"" x 13""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27 1/2"" x 13 3/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","37.54","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24"" half round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "24-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO24","","GVO24","142.07","","215.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+56)"" ""Yellow Pine (+59)"" ""PVC (+152)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth"" ""Smooth Primer (+35)"" ""Rough Sawn"" ""Rough Primer (+35)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+29)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+24)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+24)""","","24"" Octagon Gable Vent","24"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","47.5","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "2-foot-wide-raised-garden-earth-box","ATC-RG24","RG24","RG24","27","66","102","""Earth Box Size"" ""Select One"" ""2 Foot Raised"" ""2 Foot Double Raised (+39) RG24-2"" ""3 Foot Raised (+26) RG36"" ""3 Foot Double Raised (+81) RG36-2"" ""4 Foot Raised (+31) RG48"" ""4 Foot Double Raised (+89) RG48-2"" ""6 Foot Raised (+66) RG72"" ""6 Foot Double Raised (+141) RG72-2""","","24"" Raised Garden Earth Box Kit - Multiple Lengths & Heights","Western Red Cedar Wood Raised Garden Earth Box Kit","2' Single Garden Earth Box","Dimensions","2' Raised Garden Bed
    22"" W x 22"" D x 5"" H
    2' Double Raised Garden Bed
    22"" W x 22"" D x 11"" H
    3' Raised Garden Bed
    35"" W x 35"" D x 5"" H
    3' Double Raised Garden Bed
    35"" W x 35"" D x 11"" H
    4' Raised Garden Bed
    46"" W x 22"" D x 5"" H
    4' Double Raised Garden Bed
    46"" W x 22"" D x 11"" H
    6' Raised Garden Bed
    68"" W x 22"" D x 5"" H
    6' Double Raised Garden Bed
    68"" W x 22"" D x 11"" H
    ","Weight","2' Single Rasied Bed
    6 lbs
    2' Double Raised Bed
    12 lbs
    3' Single Rasied Bed
    10 lbs
    3' Double Raised Bed
    20 lbs
    4' Single Rasied Bed
    10 lbs
    4' Double Raised Bed
    20 lbs
    6' Single Rasied Bed
    12 lbs
    6' Double Raised Bed
    26 lbs
    ","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","t","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","","t","potting-bench-atc garden-hutch-kit-49-inches-wide","raised-garden-planters","","","26","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088004170","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. How does your garden grow? Very well, if you choose to use the Western Red Cedar Wood Raised Garden Earth Box Kit from Cedarwood Furniture. Available in assorted sizes, from 24” x 24” x 5 1/2” to 70” x 24” x 11”, these raised garden bed kits are neat and clean, and will boost your plants’ growth. They are great for growing prize veggies, or stack them to create vegetable gardens or spacious wooden flower boxes 2 ft. tall.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "24-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR24","","GVR24","154.54","","225.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+62)"" ""Yellow Pine (+65)"" ""PVC (+155)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+41)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+41)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+31)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","24"" Round Gable Vent","24"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","51.37","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 24"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "dark-wood-24-in-barstool-woven-seat","DS-3324W","3324W","3324W","141","187.5","239.33","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+25)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","24"" Simple Counter Height Stool with Woven Seat – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 24” Dark Counter-Height Barstool","Carolina 24"" Barstool","","","Shipping Weight","12 Lbs","Overall:
    38"" H x 12 1/2"" W x 14 3/8"" D
    Seat Height:
    24""
    Woven seat is 15″ wide at front.
    Seat narrows down toward back to be 12- 1/2″ wide.","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    4 Back Slats slightly curved for your comfort.
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","dark-wood-30-in-barstool-woven-seat ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat lincoln-24-in-backless-barstool","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","12","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Although it provides perfect seating for a bar, as its name suggests, the Solid Ash Wood 24” Dark Counter-Height Barstool with Woven Seat is ideal for many other uses indoors or outdoors in covered spaces. Use this 24” counter-high wood seating for your breakfast nook, to provide additional seating for friends and family or anywhere else you need a durable, comfy seat. Made in the U.S. of solid hardwood, this sturdy stool is built to last for generations.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-24-in-square-cedar-log-style-coffee-table","LL-B90","B90","B90","90.25","179","239","","","24"" Square Cedar Log Style Coffee Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 24-Inch Square Coffee Table","24"" Square Coffee Table","Dimensions","24"" sq X 17"" h","Weight","29 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","11","29","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000905","Add a rustic accent to practically any area outside or indoors with the Cedar Wood Log-Style 24-Inch Square Coffee Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Outdoors or inside, this 17-inch tall table will provide years of service, thanks to its sturdy construction of rust-resistant hardware and weather- and insect-resistant Northern white cedar. Besides its attractive, natural look, this cedar coffee table offers a practical place for holding books, phones, drinks or other small items. It?s a great match for our other cedar log furniture, like our Cedar Log-Style High-Back Lounge Armchair.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "26-x-30-rectangular-gable-vent","KD-GV2630","","GV2630","167.64","","238.16","Wood ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+65)"" ""Yellow Pine (+79)"" ""PVC (+195)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth"" ""Smooth Primer (+35)"" ""Rough Sawn"" ""Rough Primer (+35)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+30)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount - Closed Louver (+29)"" ""Surface Mount - Open Louver (+29)""","","26 x 30 Gable Vent","26 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 25.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 28"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 29.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (no matter the trim style): 26"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","55.6","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 26 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 26 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-27-in-rectangular-cedar-log-style-side-table","LL-B90B","B90B","B90B","120.75","349","425","","","27"" Rectangular Cedar Log Style Side Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 27” Rectangular Side Table","Side Table","Dimensions","27"" w X 17"" d X 24"" h","Weight","25 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","30","25","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711009021","The Cedar Wood Log-Style 27"" Rectangular Side Table from Cedarwood Furniture is so handy and good-looking, you'll always want one by your side, outdoors or indoors. Standing 2 feet tall, this Northern white cedar table is the perfect place for setting down drinks, snacks and other small items. Its natural cedar and rust-resistant hardware mean it will stand up to the elements while providing dependable service for years to come. Team it up with one or more items from our cedar log seating selection, like our 4-Foot Cedar Log-Style Garden Settee.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedardrawer","KD-CD1414-3","CD1414-3","CD1414-3","247","","397.8947368","","","3 Cedar Drawers: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 14"" Wide - Exclusive Item","14"" Box with 3 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Dimensions & Weight","Outside Overall: 14"" W x 14"" D x 14"" H
    25-lbs.","","Interior Dimensions","Space inside each drawer: 10"" W x 12"" D x 3.75"" H
    ","","","","Solid Aromatic Red Cedar & Aromatic Red Cedar Veneered Plywood","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate.","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Drawer Closet Organizer Box with Drawers
    One of the photos above is of a 2 drawer unit. But by purchasing (1) above you will be purchasing just 1 unit with 3 drawers. This genuine aromatic red cedar wood triple drawer closet organizer instantly transforms your ordinary closet into a custom cedar closet system. The distinctive woodland scent of aromatic red cedar is nature's all natural deodorizer! Continuously freshens stale clothes and repels insects. So throw away your smelly toxic chemical moth balls and convert to a natural lasting cedar wood closet system. The lightweight mobility of this stackable mix-and-match wooden storage unit allows you to add on additional components as needed and arrange them to fit your space. This aromatic red cedar wood closet organizer box is strong, durable and destined to become an heirloom. Complete with Full Extension Metal Glides. Also see our other red cedar closet organizer units. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer! You can also purchase this size unit with just 2 drawers or 1 drawer. See our Closet Organizing section for all the configurations available.","","","","","","","","","","","cedar-closet" "3-cedar-closet-drawer-30-wide","KD-CD1428-3","CD1428-3","CD1428-3","310","","497.368421","""Add Base"" ""No"" ""Yes, Add Kickplate (+106) CPK28"" ""Yes, Add Contoured Base (+106) CPC28""","","3 Cedar Drawers: Stackable Closet Organizer Unit - 28"" Wide - Exclusive Item","28"" Box with 3 Aromatic Cedar Drawers - CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Hardware","High Quality Fully Extendable Drawer Glides","Overall Dimensions & Weight","28"" W x 14"" D x 14"" H
    35-lbs.","","Interior Dimensions","14""W x 14""D x 14""H Boxes with 3 Drawers ea (Space inside each drawer: 10"" W x 12"" D x 3.75"" H)","","","","Aromatic Red Cedar","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate.","","","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Cedar Dresser Drawer Closet Organizer - 3 Drawer Unit Heirloom quality is what you can expect from our semi-custom cedar closet units. Mix and match this 3 drawer unit with other 28"" or even 14"" drawer configurations as well as shoe shelves or open box shelves. Genuine aromatic cedar carries natural qualities that will repel pests that you don't want any where near your closet. All corners are glued and stapled. No screws are used except to attach the drawer glides therefore there is nothing that will snag your clothing! You will not find a higher quality unit on the market with as much flexibility. Create your own closet with the components you need to organize your belongings perfectly. Boxes (Outside Frame for drawer) are constructed with 3/4"" 2-Sided Cedar Veneer with the back constructed with a 1/4"" single-sided Cedar Veneer. All exposed edges are faced with aromatic cedar veneer. Drawers are constructed with solid cedar fronts, sides and backs. The bottoms of the drawers use 1/4"" single-sided veneered cedar which gives you more space in the drawer! Select other 28"" drawer units in 1 and 2 drawer options like this 3 drawer option.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "logbench","LL-B20A","B20A","B20A","79.25","162","198.125","","","3 Foot Cedar Log Bench","Solid Cedar Wood Log-Style 3’ Bench","Straight Bench","Dimensions","35"" w x 15"" l x 17"" h","Weight","22 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","20","22","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711002022","Whether you use it as regular seating for meals or other family activities at home, or want to have some spare seating on hand for unexpected visitors, the Solid Cedar Wood Log-Style 3' Bench from Cedarwood Furniture provides sturdy log seating with simple good looks, quality construction and durability you can count on. Made in Canada of natural Northern white cedar, this log bench seat boasts mortise-and-tenon joinery. These log seats also come with rust-resistant, coated hardware, complementing cedar's natural protection against the elements. Use these cedar log benches as standalones or team them up with other cedar pieces, like our 42-Inch Rectangular Cedar Log-Style Coffee Table.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","benches" "cedar-3-tiered-raised-garden-planter","MP-PLT0152210010","PLT0152210010","PLT0152210010","106.98","310","534.9","","","3 Tiered Cedar Raised Garden Planter","Western Red Cedar","3 Tier Planter","Weight","31 lbs","Special Features","Perfect for Herbs and other small plants","Overall: 34.5"" L x 38.5"" W x 37"" H
    Trough Heights: Top - 37"" H, Middle - 26.5"" H, Lower - 17.5"" H
    Each Trough Size: 10.5"" D x 36"" W x 5.5"" H","","","","","Dimensions","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","95","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482024418","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "3-cedar-plank-bridge","CR-WRF1203-2CVD","WRF1203-2CVD","WRF1203-2CVD","292","509","657","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+86) WRF1203-2CVD-CS""","","3' Cedar Plank Bridge","3' Cedar Plank Bridge","3' Cedar Plank Bridge","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","Rounded & Sanded Edges","Load Limit","Approximate Load Limit of 300 lbs.","Dimensions","Decking: 1"" x 6"" Decking
    3"" Long x 36"" Wide","Features:","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","4-cedar-pearl-river-garden-bridge 2-cedar-holy-cross-garden-bench cedar-twin-ponds-bench-set","gardenbridges","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","A small arched garden bridge will make crossing a small ravine or muddy spot in your garden a dream come true. Whimsical and beautiful, this handcrafted bridge is unassumingly striking. The zinc plated steel hardware matched with decay resistant western rest cedar ensures that it will last season after season.
    *** This bridge is intended for pedestrian traffic only and is not commercial use rated ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "countryside-adirndack","WC-TL-AD","TL-AD","TL-AD","239","426","549","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+18)""","Select Finish","3' Countryside Adirondack Chair","Cedar Wood Countryside Adirondack Chair","T&L Adirondack Chair","Dimensions","Overall: 32"" W x 37"" L x 36"" H
    Seat Width: 20""; Seat Depth: 20""","","","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Required","","","","","","","","t","","villa-planter-bench-set regencybench picnictable","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/1zBqOyKFDOw?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","There’s a reason the Cedar Wood Countryside Adirondack Chair is the most popular Adirondack chair carried by Cedarwood Furniture. Actually, there is far more than just one reason. Premium Western red cedar that resists weather and insects, screws covered with wood plugs to avoid unexpected pokes in unexpected places on your body and a super-smooth finish are just a few reasons for its popularity. Enjoy this chair on its own or add our Cedar Countryside Footrest for even more comfort. ""The chairs arrived on Tuesday....I must say the packaging was outstanding. I have never seen anything packaged like that with the internal spray foam. No chance that anything could be damaged. The chairs are beautiful and comfortable."" Kevin W. - Lakeville, PA ","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Comfortable & BeautifulBy: ,
    I have never seen anything packaged like that with the internal spray foam. No chance that anything could be damaged. These chairs are beautiful and comfortable.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "rustic-rocking-chair","WC-TL-Rocker","TL-Rocker","TL-Rocker","187","415","552","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+18)""","Select Finish","3' Countryside Rocking Chair","Cedar Wood Countryside Rocking Chair","Rocker","Dimensions","Overall:
    26"" W x 34"" D x 35"" H
    Seat Dimensions:
    19.75"" W x 18"" D x 23"" H
    Arm Height: 24.5"" from Ground to top of arm
    Chair Back: 23"" from Seat to top of chair back","Weight","22 Lbs","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","countryside-adirndack adirondack1 basic-swing-frame","rockers","","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","If you are looking for old-fashioned country comfort blended with a sophisticated style and premium materials, consider the Cedar Wood Countryside Rocking Chair from Cedarwood Furniture. Made of top-notch Western red cedar, this handsome rocker naturally resists the weather and will provide years of use. Order it unfinished or opt for a clear cedar oil stain finish for a small additional charge.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-set-of-2-3-ft-curved-cedar-log-style-bench","LL-B20","B20","B20","94.5","160","219","","","3' Curved Cedar Log Style Bench","Curved Cedar Wood Log-Style 3-Foot Bench","Curved Bench","Dimensions","14"" d X 35"" w X 17"" h","Weight","40 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","20","40","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000202","Check out our video below on the natural checking process of cedar log furniture. The shapely Curved Cedar Wood Log-Style 3-Foot Bench from Cedarwood Furniture just seems to stimulate social interaction and fun. Measuring 35"" wide by 14"" deep by 17"" high, this unfinished bench is rugged and stable. It’s made in Canada of naturally weather- and bug-resistant Northern white cedar, and the manufacturer backs it with a five-year warranty.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cottage-adirondack","WC-2ID-AD","2ID-AD","2ID-AD","173","377","464","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+12)""","Select Finish","3' Northern Cottage Adirondack Chair","Cedar Wood Northern Cottage Adirondack Chair","Idaho Adirondack Chair","Dimensions","Overall: 28.5"" W x 38"" D x 38.5"" H
    Seat Depth: 18.75""; Seat Width: 20"" W; Seat Height: 14.5""","","","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","sidetable 4footbench picnictable","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","Comfortable and good-looking, the Cedar Wood Northern Cottage Adirondack Chair from Cedarwood Furniture is a country classic everyone will want to sit in. So you may want to order more than one. In addition to its old-fashioned style and comfort, this cedar chair is made in the U.S. of premium Western red cedar, which naturally resists weather, bugs and rot. It will provide years of steady service and is available unfinished or with a clear, cedar oil stain.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "3030-gablevent","KD-GV3030","","GV3030","183.65","","264.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+80)"" ""Yellow Pine (+90)"" ""PVC (+225)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+37)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+37)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+29)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+33)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+33)""","","30 x 30 Gable Vent","30 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 29.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 32"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 33.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 30"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","61.64","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 30 x 30"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 30 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "woven-30-in-woven-barstool","DS-330W","330W","330W","118","157.5","202","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+30)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+30)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+30)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+30)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+30)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","30"" Backless Barstool with Woven Seat – Color Options","30"" Backless Barstool with Woven Seat | Available In Different Colors","Calabash Wood Bar Stool 30""","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","16 Lbs","Overall:
    30"" H x 14.5"" W x 14.5"" D
    Seat Height:
    30""","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.
    Solid wood construction.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime - Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat entryway-woven-bench wood-rocking-chair","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","15","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood *** The backless barstool with a woven seat by Adams All Natural Furniture is constructed from solid ash hardwood that is extremely durable and powerful. The stool fits perfectly for use in both indoor and slightly covered outdoor areas. The product can be ordered unfinished without any coating or with a finished look having additional paint or satin varnish. The item is available in a series of various colors, you can place an order in any color you like, we offer a ton of shades including natural, olive, black, medium oak, walnut, and green, to name a few. The backless barstool comes fully assembled and can be readily used after shipment. The design includes a woven cord seat that is hard-wearing along with a commercial-grade durable twisted paper cord. The product has an overall weight of 16 pounds and has overall dimensions of 30"" H x 14.5"" W x 14.5"" D. The product is covered by Cedar Wood Furniture warranty for manufacturer's flaws for 30 days and shipping damage for 5 days after delivery. We also ensure swift and secured shipping delivery in collaboration with our delivery partners UPS or FedEx in case of smaller orders, and long haul trucking for larger orders.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "lincoln-30-in-backless-barstool","DS-1530","1530","1530","111","148","172","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+12)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","30"" Backless Barstool – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 30” Backless Barstool","Lincoln Backless 30"" Barstool","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","12 Lbs","Overall:
    30"" H x 13"" W x 13"" D
    Seat Height:
    30""","Construction","Features 1 1/4"" Thick Wooden Seat
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.
    Solid wood construction.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime. Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","lincoln-24-in-backless-barstool ladder-backed-30-in-barstool-woven-seat entryway-woven-bench","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","12","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Although it’s called a barstool, the Solid Ash Wood 30” Backless Barstool from Cedarwood Furniture would serve equally well in your kitchen, on your lanai or in virtually any other covered space. Made in the U.S. of quality components and solid hardwood, this uncomplicated stool weighs 12 pounds and is built to last. Choose from black or natural finishes, or order it unfinished if you prefer to give this sturdy stool your own custom look.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "ladder-backed-30-in-barstool-woven-seat","DS-1230W","1230W","1230W","146","195.5","252.67","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+12)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+12)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","30"" Barstool with Woven Seat – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 30” Ladder-Back Barstool with Woven Seat","Morrisette 30"" Barstool","Capacity","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","16 Lbs","Overall:
    42"" H x 18.75"" W x 16.25"" D
    Seat Height:
    30""
    Seat narrows down toward back to be 16.25″ wide.","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Slightly Curved Seat Back for Comfort
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","ladder-backed-24-in-barstool-woven-seat entryway-woven-bench wood-rocking-chair","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","16","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Entertain your friends in style and comfort inside or under cover outdoors with the Solid Ash Wood 30” Ladder-Back Barstool with Woven Seat from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S. and standing 42 inches tall, these handsome hardwood stools with woven seats will become an instant hit wherever you put them. Choose from three attractive finishes, including black, walnut or medium oak. We can also ship these stools unfinished so you can match virtually any decor.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "tall-curved-ladderback-barstool-woven-seat","DS-430W","4W","430W","149","198.5","256.67","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+25)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","30"" Curved Ladderback Barstool – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 30” Curved Ladder-Back Barstool","Maiden Dining Chair","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","15 Lbs","Overall:
    42"" H x 17.25"" W x 14.5"" D
    Seat Height:
    30""
    Seat narrows down toward back to be 14- 1/2″ wide.","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    Back: Slightly Curved for comfort
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime - Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","dining-arm-chair-curved-ladderback-woven-seat wooden-rocking-chair tall-curved-ladderback-barstool-woven-seat","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","12","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","The Solid Ash Wood Curved Ladder-Back Dining Chair with Woven Seat from Cedarwood Furniture combines comfort with style. Measuring 42” high, these tall ladder-back chairs look just like antique ladder-back chairs. Made in the U.S. of solid hardwood with careful craftsmanship, they may well become antiques for future generations. Choose a walnut Dixie Seating ladder-back chair or a variety of other finishes.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "dark-wood-30-in-barstool-woven-seat","DS-3330W","3330W","3330W","149","196","252","""Color"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Natural"" ""White"" ""Red"" ""Sienna Red"" ""Blue"" ""Green"" ""Olive"" ""Black"" ""Medium Oak"" ""Walnut"" ""Cranberry"" ""Woodleaf White (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Black (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Hickory (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Green (+25)"" ""Woodleaf Red (+25)"" ""Coastal Tan"" ""Coastal Peach"" ""Coastal Yellow"" ""Coastal Green"" ""Coastal Blue"" ""Coastal Gray"" ""Coastal Pink"" ""Coastal Purple""","Color","30"" Dark Barstool with Woven Seat – Color Options","Solid Ash Wood 30” Dark Barstool with Woven Seat","Carolina 30"" Barstool","Capacity:","350 lbs.","Shipping Weight","14 Lbs","Overall:
    42"" H x 15"" W x 14.5"" D
    Seat Height:
    30""
    Seat narrows down toward back to be 12- 1/2″ wide.","Construction","Woven Cord Seat - Commercial Grade Durable twisted paper cord
    4 Back Slats slightly curved for your comfort.
    Machined and hand sanded for a smooth uniform surface.","Made in the USA","Constructed to last a Lifetime - Commercial grade quality.
    Appropriate for Indoor or Covered Outdoor Areas","Dimensions","Solid Ash or Red Oak Hardwood","Unfinished, Painted or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2 - 6 weeks (See Below)
    *** At this time this item is being made to order. Lead time can vary depending on when the color you have chosen is scheduled to be produced.***","","t","Comes Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Care Instructions","t","","dark-wood-24-in-barstool-woven-seat ladder-backed-30-in-barstool-woven-seat lincoln-30-in-backless-barstool","indoor-dining-chairs","https://youtube.com/v/cTO-k5HbWCs?rel=0&hd=1&","","","12","dixie seating company","dixie seating company","US","t","","Made in the U.S. of durable hardwood, the Solid Ash Wood 30” Dark Barstool with Woven Seat from Cedarwood Furniture can be easily matched with practically any decor. Choose from three finishes, including black, walnut or medium oak. You can also purchase this chair unfinished, letting you give it exactly the look you want.

    *** Please note that the stain and paint colors provided are an approximation of the color. The stain and paint can have slight variations by manufacturer lot. We do not guarantee the color to match any previously manufactured product. It is important to know that each screen you view the color on may change how it looks. It is our recommendation that if you are trying to match an existing piece that you order it unfinished and finish it yourself***

    *** This item may be made in Ash or Red Oak wood and it may affect lighter stain colors such as natural due Red Oak being a darker color wood ***","","","","","","","","","","","none" "30-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR30","","GVHR30","136.37","","265","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+89)"" ""Yellow Pine (+98)"" ""PVC (+265)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+58)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+58)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+82)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+26)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+26)""","","30"" Half Round Gable Vent","30"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 29 1/2"" x 13 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 32"" x 16""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 33 1/2"" x 16 3/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","44.43","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 30"" half round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "30-octagon-gabelvent","KD-GVO30","","GVO30","205.7","","279","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+85)"" ""Yellow Pine (+92)"" ""PVC (+245)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+49)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+49)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+36)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+33)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+33)""","","30"" Octagon Gable Vent","30"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","73.33","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 30"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "30-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR30","","GVR30","222.23","","295.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+82)"" ""Yellow Pine (+92)"" ""PVC (+255)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+66)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+66)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+22)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+27)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+27)""","","30"" Round Gable Vent","30"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","79.18","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 30"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-32-in-diameter-cedar-log-style-bistro-table","LL-B9B","B9B","B9B","239.75","415","440.62","","","32"" Dia Round Cedar Log Style Bistro Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 32-Inch Round Bistro Table","32"" Bistro Table","Dimensions","32"" dia X 42"" h","Weight","50 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","132","50","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000929","Whether sharing beverages, snacks or conversation, everyone will want to stand or sit around the Cedar Wood Log-Style 32-Inch Round Bistro Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Perfect for parties or just for loafing on your patio or in your yard, this table stands 42 inches tall. Its coated, rust-resistant hardware and weather- and insect-resistant Northern white cedar construction ensure it will serve you, your friends and family for years to come. Use it with one of our cedar log bar stools or chairs, like our Cedar Log-Style Bar Chair.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bistro","LL-B9B-2B3B","119B","119B","551","1190","1441","","","32"" Log Style Bistro Bar Set","Northern White Cedar Log Bistro and Bar Set","Three Piece Bistro Set","Dimensions","Table:
    32"" Dia x 42"" H
    Chair:
    23"" W x 22"" D x 48"" H","Weight","Table:
    50 lbs
    Chair:
    41 lbs
    ","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","","Ideal for smaller spaces, the Northern White Cedar Log Bistro and Bar Set from Cedarwood Furniture fits right into your breakfast nook indoors. It serves equally well as a place to serve and share drinks and snacks outdoors on your porch, patio or elsewhere. Made in Canada, this set includes a sturdy table that's 41"" high, with a 32""-diameter top, and two bar chairs, which each measure 22"" wide by 20"" deep by 48"" high. Quality materials and construction show throughout and include weather-resistant cedar, rust-resistant, coated hardware and mortise-and-tenon joinery.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Very Happy with SetBy: ,
    Very happy with the cedar bistro table and chairs I ordered. Customer service was very responsive when I inquired about shipping options to Hawaii, and I did in fact receive my order when promised. I'm a female and put the table and chairs together myself fairly easily! All in all, a great experience and I wouldn't hesitate to order from this merchant again. Aloha!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","picnic-tables" "32inch-wide-oil-rubbed-bronze-firebowl","MBB-WAD792SP","WAD792SP","WAD792SP","150","249.95","333.26","","","32"" wide oil rubbed bronze firebowl w/ criss-cross design","32"" wide oil rubbed bronze firebowl w/ criss-cross design","","Size","31.9 Dia. x 15"" H","","","","","","","","","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","1 Year Limited Factory Warranty","","","","","t","","21-6inch-wide-aged-bronze-firebowl-with-leaf-design 24in-black-firewood-rack-hoop 40in-black-firewood-hoop","outdoor-firepits","","","46","42.3","Blue Rhino","blue-rhino","","t","728649730637","Standing on three sturdy legs, this Outdoor Wood Burning Fireplace will give you the warmth and atmosphere you are looking for. The unique crisscross design and oil rubbed bronze bowl makes this piece an attractive addition to any outdoor seating arrangement. The deep bowl gives you plenty of room to build your fire and is perfect for use on your deck or patio. Includes an easy lift spark guard with hook to keep you safe while you enjoy the fireplace. Assemble, clean, and tend this outdoor fireplace with ease.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "3636-gablevent","KD-GV3636","","GV3636","396.78","","485.95","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+120)"" ""Yellow Pine (+135)"" ""PVC (+325)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+52)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+52)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+42)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+45)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+45)""","","36 x 36 Gable Vent","36 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 35.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 38"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 39.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 36"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","106.14","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 36 x 36"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 36 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "36-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR36","","GVHR36","166.06","","351","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+130)"" ""Yellow Pine (+148)"" ""PVC (+345)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+79)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+79)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+59)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+36)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+36)""","","36"" Half Round Gable Vent","36"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 35 1/2"" x 15 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 40 1/2"" x 20 1/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 40 1/2"" x 20 1/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","55.24","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 36"" half round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "36-octagon-gablevent","KD-GVO36","","GVO36","426.92","","515.25","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+125)"" ""Yellow Pine (+156)"" ""PVC (+365)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+68)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+68)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+52)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+28)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+28)""","","36"" Octagon Gable Vent","36"" Octagon Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 34.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 37""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 38.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","octagon-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","126.12","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 36"" octagon vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    High Quality VentBy: ,
    I am very pleased with the Hexagonal Attic Louver that you built for me. Thank you very Much.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-36-round-cedar-log-style-coffee-table","LL-B10U","B10","B10","185.75","345","524","","","36"" Round Cedar Log Style Coffee Table","Round Cedar Wood Log-Style Coffee Table – 36”","36"" Round Coffee Table","Dimensions","36"" dia x 17.5"" h","Weight","46 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","46","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000103","Add a touch of country comfort to your rural retreat or to your place in town with the Round Cedar Log-Style Coffee Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Standing 17 1/2 inches tall, with a tabletop 36 inches in diameter, this sturdy table has a relaxed look that will put everyone at ease. Made in Canada of Northern white cedar, it features mortise-and-tenon joints and rust-resistant, coated hardware. This sturdy table includes a five-year manufacturer?s warranty. See our video below on the natural checking process of cedar log furniture.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "36-round-gable-vent","KD-GVR36","","GVR36","449","","548","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+119)"" ""Yellow Pine (+138)"" ""PVC (+329)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+78)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+78)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+62)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+45)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+45)""","","36"" Round Gable Vent","36"" Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 34.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","round-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","136.11","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 36"" round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "round-ottoman-fire-pit-cover-by-simply-shade","SS-SSCPL929","SSCPL929","SSCPL929","$22.80","39.99","56.99","","","36"" Round Ottoman or Fire Pit Cover by Simply Shade","36"" Round Ottoman or Fire Pit Cover | Durable Polyester Fabric","36"" Round Fire Pit / Ottoman","Color","Grey","Size","43"" Dia x 12""H","160g Water Resistant Breathable Polyester","Care","Machine Washable","Detail","Spring cinch lock (Elastic) secures cover into place for a tight fit","Fabric","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","","","","","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","","","","t","","","","","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878916936","Grey 160g polyester water resistant cover that is machine washable. The 36"" round ottoman or fire pit cover by Simply Shade, made available by Adams All Natural Furniture, has been designed to shield smaller items. It features a high-quality polyester fabric that provides excellent durability and toughness. Plus, the cover is machine washable, and it can maintain its sturdiness, even after several washes. The polyester material can create resistance against water for enhanced protection. The 160g weighting polyester fabric features a breathable design as it allows air to pass through (but blocks dust) creating exceptional freshness for your items by keeping everything clean and dry inside. The cover comes in an elegant grey color and features specialized spring cinches and elastics on its margin that lock the cover in one place. We provide exceptionally dependable and swift delivery. Our shipping partners, UPS and FedEx ground transportation provide fast and timely delivery and also keep you updated about location and estimated delivery date. Lastly, your product is covered by Simply Shade's limited warranty and Cedar Wood Furniture's quality assurance.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "4-foot-hickory-porch-glider","ALW-2141","2141","2141","369","625","788","""Choose Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Natural Finish"" ""Walnut Finish (+42) (#2142)"" ""Rustic Hickory Finish (+165) (#2140)""","Choose Finish","4 Ft Rustic Hickory Porch Glider","4 Ft. Rustic Hickory Porch Glider","5 Ft Rustic Hickory Porch Glider","Dimensions & Weight","Inside Seat: 41""W 17""D 17""H - Back 23""H
    Outside: 50""W 26""D 38""H
    Weight: 55 lbs","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","","Weight Capacity","400 Lbs.","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Hickory Sticks & Hickory or Oak Slats","Unfinished or Stained Wood with Polyurethane Top Coat
    Can be used outside but must be under cover","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","indoor-hickory-wood-furniture","","","83","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","*** Can be used outside but must be under cover *** The 4 ft. Rustic Hickory Porch Glider by Cedar Wood possesses hickory sticks and hickory or oak slats as the main construction material. The materials are selected to offer incredible performance and reliability. Because of these high-end materials used for the glider, it offers long-lasting performance without enduring any damages. The unfinished or stained wood having a polyurethane topcoat can be shipped upon your request. An unfinished product not only offers a natural feel but also creates chances for you to decorate it according to your taste. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Hickory.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-4-ft-cedar-log-style-garden-settee","LL-B6KD","B6KD","B6KD","171.5","296","398","","","4' Cedar Log Style Garden Settee","Cedar Wood Log-Style 4-Foot Garden Settee","4' Settee","Dimensions","47"" w X 28"" d X 28"" h
    Seat Height: 14.5"" in front & 10"" in back
    Seat Dimensions: 38"" w x 19"" d (size of seat slats)","Weight","41 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Estimated to ship in 3 to 8 weeks (See Below)
    ***This item is made in and comes from Canada. It is not currently in stock but we have it on order with the factory. Because of an employee shortage with this factory, we are not receiving items as normal and as expected. You may order this item and it will come to you but please be patient in regards to it's arrival. ","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Bench Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","50","41","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000066","Bask in the beauty of your garden with the Cedar Wood Log-Style 4-Foot Garden Settee from Cedarwood Furniture. This roomy cedar garden bench features rust-resistant, coated hardware and mortise-and-tenon joinery for solid stability and durability. Northern white cedar naturally resists weather and insects, which means this cedar settee will provide dependable service for the long haul. The manufacturer backs it with a five-year warranty. Add an optional seat cushion for extra comfort.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-4-ft-high-back-cedar-log-style-garden-settee","LL-B6BKD","B6BKD","B6BKD","214.5","381","496.88","","","4' High Back Cedar Log Style Garden Settee","Cedar Wood Log-Style 4’ High-Back Garden Settee","High Back Settee","Dimensions","47"" w X 28"" d X 37"" h
    Seat Height: 14.5"" in front & 10"" in back
    Seat Dimensions: 38"" w x 19"" d (size of seat slats)","Weight","46 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Bench Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","60","46","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000622","You can sit back and relax free from care in the Cedar Wood Log-Style 4' High-Back Garden Settee from Cedarwood Furniture. Besides benefiting from its old-fashioned country comfort, you won't have to worry about this piece outside, thanks to the natural weather resistance of Northern white cedar and this piece's rust-resistant, coated hardware. Made in Canada, this settee is 47"" wide and comes with a five-year warranty from the manufacturer. Match it with other cedar log outdoor furniture pieces, like our Cedar Log-Style Coffee Table.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "4-5-foot-cedar-swing-with-frame-set","ATC-AF72S","AF72S","AF72S","329","598","1077","""Frame Size"" ""Select One"" ""4 Ft Swing Set #AF72S"" ""5 Ft Swing Set (+128) #AF90S""","","4' or 5' Cedar Swing with A Frame Kit","Western Red Cedar Swing Set with Frame Kit – 4’ or 5’","4' Swing with A-Frame","Dimensions","4' Entire Unit
    70"" W x 48"" D x 68"" H
    4' Swing Only
    57"" W x 23"" D x 24"" H
    5' Entire Unit
    90"" W x 48"" D x 68"" H
    5' Swing Only
    69"" W x 23"" D x 24"" H
    ","Weight","4' Swing Set 74 lbs
    5' Swing Set 87 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","t","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","cedar-swing-frame-only slattedchair athena-adirondack-chair","outdoor-swing-frames","","","120","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088005054","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. * 5ft Swing does not have the scallops in front board Swing into summer or any other warm season with the Western Red Cedar Swing Set with Frame Kit from Cedarwood Furniture. Available with swings 4’ or 5’ wide and matching swing frames, these wood-frame swing sets come with everything you need for quick and easy assembly. Putting together a frame swing set kit is a great way to save a little money and have fun in accomplishing a project on your own.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "villa-planter-bench-set","WC-CPBSET","CPBSET","CPBSET","223","549","659","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+21)""","Select Finish","4' Villa Cedar Planter & Bench Set","Cedar Wood 4-Foot Villa Cedar Planter and Bench Set","Wood Country Cedar Planter/Bench Set","Dimensions","Bench: 13"" x 46""
    Planter: 21"" x 21"" x 17""
    Planting Dimensions: 16L x 16W x 11"" Depth","","","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","garden-bin cedarbench villaplanter","plantbench","","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","Let your friends and family fully appreciate the beauty of your plants and outdoor environment with the Cedar Wood 4-Foot Villa Cedar Planter and Bench Set from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S. of long-lasting Western red cedar, this beautiful set is available unfinished or finished with clear cedar oil stain. It offers a beautiful and practical seating solution for any garden, deck or other outdoor space.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "4-ft-villa-bench","WC-WCB48","WCB48","WCB48","64","152","195","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Wood Sealer with a Cedar Tone (+5)""","Select Finish","4' Villa Planter Bench Only","4' Villa Planter Bench Only","Wood Country Bench for Planters","Dimensions","13"" x 46""","","","A high quality Rust Guard Hardware comes standard","","","","","Hardware Used","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Optional Clear Cedar Oil Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 Business Days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","villaplanter 3benchset villa-planter-bench-set pottingbench","plantbench","","","","","Wood Country","wood country","US","t","","This beautiful bench with two planters would be a great addition to any garden. The Cedar benches will match any other seating in the Wood Country collection so you can coordinate your outdoor furniture any way you want. This bench works better with the 17"" high square planters.

    The planters and bench smooth finish does not catch your clothing so you can enjoy your time outside. The high quality oil based weather stain is also available.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "404-error","404error","","","","","","","","404 Error","404 Error - Page Not Found","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","

    Oh, Darn!
    That page no longer exists!  
    Give us a call if we can halp in any way!   877-595-8537

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-42-in-diameter-cedar-log-style-bistro-table","LL-B9C","9C","9C","228.25","499","558","","","42"" Dia Cedar Log Style Bistro Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 42-Inch Bistro Table","42"" Bistro Table","Dimensions","42"" dia X 42"" h","Weight","66 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Estimated to ship in 3 to 8 weeks (See Below)
    ***This item is made in and comes from Canada. It is not currently in stock but we have it on order with the factory. Because of an employee shortage with this factory, we are not receiving items as normal and as expected. You may order this item and it will come to you but please be patient in regards to it's arrival. ","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","150","66","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","779711000936","Standing 42 inches tall with a round tabletop that's 42 inches in diameter, the Cedar Wood Log-Style 42-Inch Bistro Table from Cedarwood Furniture provides a perfect place for small groups to gather and socialize. This simple and attractive table is built for the long haul. Quality features include Northern white cedar that's naturally weather resistant; coated, rust-resistant hardware; and mortise-and-tenon joints for solid support. Our cedar log bar stools and chairs go well with this table. For example, check out our Cedar Log-Style Bar Chair.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "42-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR42","","GVHR42","219.85","","465","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+169)"" ""Yellow Pine (+185)"" ""PVC (+460)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+105)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+105)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+84)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+52)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+52)""","","42"" Half Round Gable Vent","42"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 41 1/2"" x 18 1/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 47 1/2"" x 23 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 47 1/2"" x 23 3/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 42""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","78.08","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 42"" half round vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 42"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-42-in-rectangular-cedar-log-style-coffee-table","LL-B90A","B90A","B90A","145.2","263","356","","","42"" Rectangular Cedar Log Style Coffee Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 42-Inch Rectangular Coffee Table","42"" Rectangular Coffee Table","Dimensions","42"" w X 24"" d X 17"" h","Weight","41 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","28","41","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711009014","Whether you're hosting a small get-together or just relaxing outside your home on a beautiful day, the Cedar Wood Log-Style 42-Inch Rectangular Coffee Table makes a great addition to your porch, patio or other outdoor space. It provides plenty of space for holding snacks, magazines and other small items. The Northern white cedar it's made of resists the elements and insects, meaning you'll get years of enjoyment from this attractive table. Its Canadian maker backs it with a five-year warranty. Team it up with our matching cedar log furniture pieces, such as our Cedar Log-Style High-Back Lounge Armchair.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-wood-43-traditional-square-table-only","ALW-287C","287C","287C","375","1025","1495","""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Stained (+225)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Color Options","43"" Traditional Cedar Square Table Only","43"" Traditional Cedar Square Table Only in Pine or Cedar","43"" Traditional Square Table Only - Specify for Free 2"" Umbrella Hole","Dimensions & Weight","Table 43"" Square x 30"" High
    Table accommodates 4 poeple","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","Boards on table top have 1/4"" spacing between boards","","Primer is hand sanded before applying last coat of paint, which adds a super smooth finish
    Touch up kit for painted items is sent with each piece
    Acrylic paint that resists peeling and flaking by ""breathing"" to let damaging moisture escape
    Painted items are not recommended for uncovered areas. If left uncovered in direct contact with rain, the paint may flake prematurely","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Construction Details","Western Red Cedar or Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained
    Above image shown unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-traditional-backed-bench-only","outdoor-picnic-tables","","","95","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar or Pine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-wood-43-traditional-square-table-w-4-backed-benches","ALW-302C","302C","302C","959","1710","3068","""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Stained (+565)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Color Options","43"" Traditional Cedar Square Table with 4 Backed Benches","43"" Traditional Cedar Square Table with 4 Backed Benches - Available in Cedar or Pine","43"" Traditional Square Table W/4 Backed Benches - Specify for Free 2"" Umbrella Hole","Dimensions & Weight","Table 43""L 43""W 30""H
    Bench Inside Seat 40""L 14""W 17""H
    Bench Overall 40""L 24""W 34""H
    Cedar Weight: 175
    8 foot square space to accommodate the grouping.","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","Table top boards are made with 1/4"" space between boards","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Construction Details","Western Red Cedar or Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained
    Above image shown unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","300","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar or Pine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "43-traditional-square-table-only-specify-for-free-2-umbrella-hole","ALW-287","287","287","205","695","926.6666667","""Add Paint or Stain"" ""Select to Add Paint or Stain"" ""Painted or Stained (+115)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Paint/Stain"" ""White Paint"" ""Tractor Red Paint"" ""Canary Yellow Paint"" ""Olive Gray Paint"" ""Coffee Paint"" ""Lime Paint"" ""Dark Green Paint"" ""Caribbean Blue Paint"" ""Black Paint"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Color Options","43"" Traditional Pine Square Table Only","43"" Traditional Pine Square Table Only in Pine or Cedar","43"" Traditional Square Table Only - Specify for Free 2"" Umbrella Hole","Dimensions & Weight","Table 43"" Square x 30"" High
    Table accommodates 4 poeple","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","Boards on table top have 1/4"" spacing between boards","Painting Information","Primer is hand sanded before applying last coat of paint, which adds a super smooth finish
    Touch up kit for painted items is sent with each piece
    Acrylic paint that resists peeling and flaking by ""breathing"" to let damaging moisture escape
    Painted items are not recommended for uncovered areas. If left uncovered in direct contact with rain, the paint may flake prematurely","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Construction Details","Western Red Cedar or Yellow Pine","Unfinished, Stain or Paint Options","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","2-traditional-backed-bench-only traditional-benches-only 43-traditional-square-table-w-4-backed-benches-specify-for-free-2-umbrella-hole","outdoor-picnic-tables","","","95","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","The above picnic table is shown painted in Olive Gray. Here you are ordering the table only. No benches with come with this item.

    Order an extra table for an extra serving area or bar area. This staple of backyards and parks. Our furniture is handcrafted in the USA, and built to endure the rigors of all types of seasonal weather conditions. Entertain family style with our classic design. Stain or paint it to your requirements. Quality furniture from A and L Furniture is hand made by Amish craftsmen in Central Pennsylvania who select each piece of wood for its grain and individual characteristics. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar or Pine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "43-traditional-square-table-w-4-backed-benches-specify-for-free-2-umbrella-hole","ALW-302","302","302","545","1101","1657.333333","""Add Paint or Stain"" ""Select to Add Paint or Stain"" ""Painted or Stained (+321)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Paint/Stain"" ""White Paint"" ""Tractor Red Paint"" ""Canary Yellow Paint"" ""Olive Gray Paint"" ""Coffee Paint"" ""Lime Paint"" ""Dark Green Paint"" ""Caribbean Blue Paint"" ""Black Paint"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Color Options","43"" Traditional Pine Square Table with 4 Backed Benches","43"" Traditional Pine Square Table with 4 Backed Benches","43"" Traditional Square Table W/4 Backed Benches - Specify for Free 2"" Umbrella Hole","Dimensions & Weight","Table 43""L 43""W 30""H
    Bench Inside Seat 40""L 14""W 17""H
    Bench Overall 40""L 24""W 34""H
    Pine Weight: 245 lbs
    8 foot square space to accommodate the grouping.","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","Table top boards are made with 1/4"" space between boards","Painting Information","Primer is hand sanded before applying last coat of paint, which adds a super smooth finish
    Touch up kit for painted items is sent with each piece
    Acrylic paint that resists peeling and flaking by ""breathing"" to let damaging moisture escape
    Painted items are not recommended for uncovered areas. If left uncovered in direct contact with rain, the paint may flake prematurely","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Construction Details","Yellow Pine","Unfinished, Stain or Paint Options","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","4-cross-legged-table-w-2-benches-specify-for-free-2-umbrella-hole red-cedar-32-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backed-benches","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","300","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","The above picnic table with benches is shown painted in Olive Gray.

    Sit for awhile at our square table at our benches with a nice comfortable back. This is a twist on the classic picnic table style. Perfect table for sitting around and enjoying and promoting long conversations, Our handcrafted in the USA, long-lasting furniture with a back allows you to enjoy your meal for just a bit longer. Built to look great and endure. Quality furniture from A and L Furniture is hand made by Amish craftsmen in Central Pennsylvania who select each piece of wood for its grain and individual characteristics. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Pine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-cedar-log-style-picnic-table","LL-B13B","13B","13B","239.95","698","666.75","","","48"" Dia, 24"" Tall Rustic Cedar Log Style Round Chat Table with Umbrella Hole","Cedar Wood Log-Style Rustic Round Umbrella Table","48"" Umbrella Table, 24"" H","Dimensions","48"" Dia x 24"" Tall","Weight","90 Lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","t","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","90","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","779711001322","Scroll Below to view our Video explaining the qualities of our Round Outdoor Umbrella Table. Seat up to four outdoors with the Cedar Wood Log-Style Rustic Round Umbrella Chat Table from Cedarwood Furniture. This rustic cedar round picnic table includes an umbrella hole and a stabilizing hole beneath its 48""-diameter top. That makes it perfect for adding an umbrella for weather protection. You don't even need an umbrella stand. There's no need to learn how to make a round picnic table either, although this Canadian-made picnic table does require some assembly. Match it with any of our cedar seating, including our Cedar Log-Style Captain's Chair. This table made of cedar is naturally resistant to insect damage, weather damage and decay. Left unfinished, the wood will turn a lovely silver grey color. Or simply clean and stain each year to bring out the warm colors in the wood.

    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-cedar-log-style-round-dining-table","LL-B13","B13","B13","224.75","539","620.625","","","48"" Dia, 28"" Tall Cedar Log Style Round Picnic Dining Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style Round Picnic Table","48"" Round Table, No Hole","Dimensions","48"" Dia x 28"" Tall","Weight","90 Lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","90","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000134","Scroll Below to view our Video explaining the qualities of our Round Log Style Outdoor Dining Table. When the weather's sublime, celebrate with a picnic in your backyard or just about anywhere else outdoors or inside with the Cedar Wood Log-Style Round Picnic Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Built in Canada of natural Northern white cedar and standing 28"" tall with a top that's 48"" in diameter, this round wood picnic table offers plenty of space to seat friends and family. You don’t have to know how to build a round picnic table, although some assembly is required. For seating, consider our Cedar Log-Style Captain's Chair.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-48-in-diameter-28-in-tall-round-cedar-log-style-umbrella-table","LL-B13A","B13A","B13A","239.95","649.59","766","","","48"" Dia, 28"" Tall Round Cedar Log Style Umbrella Table","Cedar Wood Log-Style 48” Round Umbrella Table","48"" Umbrella Table","Dimensions","48"" dia x 28"" h","Weight","79 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","250","79","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711001315","Check our video below to learn how this umbrella table is kiln dried to bring out any checking that may happen to the wood right off the bat! Be prepared for pleasure in wonderful weather with the Cedar Wood Log-Style 48"" Round Umbrella Table from Cedarwood Furniture. Standing 28"" high, this table has a generous 4'-diameter top that can hold plenty of food, drink, games or whatever else you want to place on it. For extra protection from the elements, consider ordering an a 7' to 9' Umbrella.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "48-halfround-gablevent","KD-GVHR48","","GVHR48","266.72","","559","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+175)"" ""Yellow Pine (+185)"" ""PVC (+449)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+100)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+100)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+98)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+59)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+59)""","","48"" Half Round Gable Vent","48"" Half Round Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 9.5"" x 9.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 53"" x 26 3/4""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 53"" x 26 3/4""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 48""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","half-round-gablevents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","97.9","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 48"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 48"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "large-round-ottoman-fire-pit-cover-by-simply-shade","SS-SSCPL930","SSCPL930","SSCPL930","$26.40","45.99","65.99","","","48"" Round Ottoman or Fire Pit Cover by Simply Shade","48"" Round Ottoman or Fire Pit Cover | Features Spring Cinches","48"" Round Fire Pit / Ottoman","Color","Grey","Size","55"" Dia x 12""H","160g Water Resistant Breathable Polyester","Care","Machine Washable","Detail","Spring cinch lock (Elastic) secures cover into place for a tight fit","Fabric","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","","","","","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","","","","t","","","","","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878916943","Grey 160g polyester water resistant cover that is machine washable. Adams All Natural Furniture presents this exceptional quality 48"" round ottoman or fire pit cover by Simply Shade, made from premium quality polyester. The fabric is capable of providing excellent water resistance and keeps moisture away from your fire pits, further enhancing their lifespan. The breathable design allows a better passage of air, by blocking all the dust and dirt particles. This creates exceptional freshness for the covered item by keeping it clean and dry. Specialized spring cinches can lock the cover in one position and create better protection against environmental factors. The 160g polyester cover spans over 55""D x 12""H dimensions. The product is machine washable and will not lose its endurance even after several machine spins, plus it is backed by our quality assurance at Cedar Wood Furniture and limited warranty coverage from Simply Shade.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "5-foot-hickory-porch-glider","ALW-2151","2151","2151","398","685","909.3333333","""Choose Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Natural Finish"" ""Walnut Finish (+41) (#2152)"" ""Rustic Hickory Finish (+165) (#2150)""","Choose Finish","5 ft Rustic Hickory Glider","5 ft. Rustic Hickory Glider","5 ft Rustic Hickory Glider","Dimensions & Weight","Inside Seat: 51""W 17""D 17""H - Back 23""H
    Outside: 57""W 26""D 38""H
    Weight: 65 lbs","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","","Weight Capacity","500 Lbs.","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Hickory Sticks & Hickory or Oak Slats","Unfinished or Stained Wood with Polyurethane Top Coat
    Can be used outside but must be under cover","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","indoor-hickory-wood-furniture","","","97","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","*** Can be used outside but must be under cover *** 5 ft. Rustic Hickory Glider is formed using the highest quality hickory sticks and hickory or oak slats to last longer than any other. You can ask for the product to be unfinished or stained through a certain finish upon your request. The glider with a weight of almost 65 lbs. overall weight tends to carry more weight. It has a weight capacity of almost 500 lbs. The dimensions, materials, and finish of the product determine the duration it can stay in your house. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Hickory.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "60in-black-firewood-rack","MBB-W1560","W1560","W1560","41.25","78","91.95","","","5' Long Black Log Firewood Rack","5' Long Black Log Firewood Rack","","Dimensions","33"" H x 60"" W","","","","","","","","","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal","","","1 Year Limited Factory Warranty","","","","","","t","32inch-wide-oil-rubbed-bronze-firebowl 21-6inch-wide-aged-bronze-firebowl-with-leaf-design contemporary-black-firewood-rack","firewoodracks","","","12","15","Blue Rhino","blue-rhino","","t","728649200536","Measuring 60 x 34; in length, this firewood rack gives you a generous amount of storage space. Constructed of sturdy, weatherproof steel, the storage rack is perfect for outdoor use. Standing on six legs, the rack keeps your firewood dry and off the ground. Simply stack your wood on the rack to keep it stacked and ready when you need it!

    Need a smaller storage rack? Consider one of our other Firewood Racks.

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-6-ft-cedar-log-style-backless-bench","LL-B20B","B20B","B20B","133.75","228","319","","","6' Cedar Log Style Backless Bench","Cedar Wood Log-Style 6-Foot Backless Bench","6' Straight Bench","Dimensions","15"" d X 68"" w X 17"" h","Weight","27 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","37","27","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711020408","Whether you set it in your garden to provide a place for quiet contemplation or place it on your patio to add seating space for a wild and crazy party, the sturdy Cedar Wood Log-Style 6-Foot Backless Bench from Cedarwood Furniture will provide dependable service and rustic good looks. Made in Canada of Northern white cedar held together by mortise-and-tenon joinery and rust-resistant, coated hardware, this bench comes with a five-year manufacturer?s warranty.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-6-ft-cedar-log-style-dining-bench","LL-B20D","20D","20D","135.95","229","325","","","6' Cedar Log Style Dining Bench","Cedar Wood Log-Style 6’ Dining Bench","6' Dining Bench","Dimensions","68"" w X 14"" d X 17.5"" h","Weight","25 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","25","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","779711000219","Whether you need to provide ample seating for a big group or just want to have extra room on hand for unanticipated guests, the Cedar Wood Log-Style 6' Dining Bench from Cedarwood Furniture will provide dependability and durability. This ruggedly handsome bench is made in Canada of Northern white cedar, which naturally resists rot and insects. The manufacturer backs this roomy bench with a five-year warranty.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-6-ft-cedar-log-style-garden-settee","LL-B7KD","B7KD","B7KD","215","428","667","","","6' Cedar Log Style Garden Settee","Cedar Wood Log-Style 6-Foot Garden Settee","6' Settee","Dimensions","71"" w X 28"" d X 32"" h
    Seat Height: 14.5"" in front & 10"" in back
    Seat Dimensions: 62"" w x 19"" d (size of seat slats)","Weight","61 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the same business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Bench Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","61","61","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711000073","If you have a big family or like to throw big parties outdoors, you should give serious consideration to the Cedar Wood Log-Style 6-Foot Garden Settee from Cedarwood Furniture. This generously proportioned settee is big on quality as well as size. Besides seating a crowd, it boasts quality mortise-and-tenon joinery and rust-resistant hardware. Natural oils in the Northern white cedar deter weather and insects. Use it alone or team it up with other cedar furniture, like our Cedar Log-Style Coffee Table.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "catalina-6-10-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM92-6X10RT00","SSUM92-6X10RT00","SSUM92-6X10RT00","139.6","249","349","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A40433)(+180)"" ""Cast Ocean Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A48103S)(+180)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A54011)(+180)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5403)(+180)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5404)(+180)"" ""Black Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5408)(+180)"" ""Spa Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5413)(+180)"" ""Aruba Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5416)(+180)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5422)(+180)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-A5439)(+180)"" ""Lemon Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2402)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2406)"" ""Henna Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2407)"" ""Black Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D2446)"" ""Taupe Solefin (Bronze Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT00-D3474)"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A40433)(+170)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5403)(+180)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5404)(+180)"" ""Black Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5408)(+180)"" ""Spa Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5413)(+180)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5422)(+180)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-A5439)(+180)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2406)"" ""Henna Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2407)"" ""Black Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D2446)"" ""Gray Tweed Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D3450)"" ""Taupe Solefin (Black Post)(SSUM92-6X10RT09-D3474)""","Select Color","6' x 10' Rectangular Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","6' x 10' Rectangular Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","Catalina 6 x 10","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 6' W x 10' L Rectangle
    Complete Unit Open: 72"" W x 120 L x 103.9"" H
    ","Weight","16 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 2 Way Push Botton Tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 80 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Pole Diameter of 1.38"" Top / 1.5"" Bottom
  • 6 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Catalina Insturction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/sTHR4sAddv0?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878580526","6' x 10' Rectangular Catalina Market Umbrella might require some basic assembling before use. With a huge 6' wide and 10' large rectangular canopy, the umbrella covers a rather large space. The finest quality fabric material used for the canopy includes Solefin or Sunbrella. Both of the materials can withstand the test of time. In this case of the umbrella base, it is made of bronze powder-coated aluminum to create strong support for the canopy.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-log-68-in-classic-farmers-dining-table","LL-B21B","B21B","B21B","337","799","881","","","68"" Cedar Log Style Classic Farmers Dining Table","68"" Cedar Log Style Classic Farmers Dining Table | White Cedar Construction","68"" Classic Farmer's Table","Dimensions","31"" d X 68"" w X 28.5"" h","Weight","133 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Estimated to ship in 3 to 8 weeks (See Below)
    ***This item is made in and comes from Canada. It is not currently in stock but we have it on order with the factory. Because of an employee shortage with this factory, we are not receiving items as normal and as expected. You may order this item and it will come to you but please be patient in regards to it's arrival. ","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","133","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","","The cedar log style classic farmer's dining table by Adams All Natural Furniture is made with the finest quality northern white cedar wood that is highly durable and long-lasting. Our log dining table weighs approximately 133 pounds. It comes unfinished without any kind of paint or stain. This dining table comes almost assembled but will require some putting together before you can use it. There is a detailed set of instructions for the final assembly; we will provide everything you need for a perfect assembly including galvanized hardware. This item is shipped by a long-haul trucking company, depending on your location, it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for the delivery to come through.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-log-68-in-dining-room-tressle-table","LL-B21D","B21D","B21D","357.75","831","994","","","68"" Cedar Log Style Tressle Dining Table","68"" Cedar Log Style Tressle Dining Table | 5-Year Warranty","68"" Dining Room Table","Dimensions","31"" d X 68"" w X 28.5"" h","Weight","95 lbs","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","95","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","","The cedar log style tressle dining table by Adams All Natural Furniture is created from the finest northern white wood. This wood has a lasting lifespan and offers resistance against rots and other damages. The finished product weighs almost 95 pounds and can withstand a lot of weight itself. Even the hardware and joints of this dining table are incredibly strong and damage-proof. The hardware used is entirely galvanized and thus immune to rust. The Mortise & Tenon joints also give more power to this table and allow it to last longer. The product comes unfinished, and it also needs some assembly before use. Not to worry though because we provide you with detailed instructions for a proper assembly and smooth finish. This item is shipped and delivered via long haul trucking; it takes 2 to 8 business days for delivery depending on your exact location. Cedar Wood Furniture also offers a 5 years warranty though terms and conditions apply. We cover for Manufacturer's defects for 30 days and shipping damage for 5 days after delivery.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "6ft-autumnwood-table-set-with-6-wildwood-benches","ALW-1-8260L-6-8212L","1-8180L-4-8214L-2-8212L","1-8180L-4-8214L-2-8212L","1061","2065","2612","""Add Stain"" ""Select to Stain"" "" Stained (+315)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Locust Natural Stain"" ""Locust Mushroom Stain"" ""Locust Cedar Stain""","Color Options","6ft Autumnwood Table Set with 6 Two Foot Wildwood Benches","Table Set - Autumnwood - Wildwood Bench - Six","6' Autumnwood Table with 2 - 6' Wildwood Benches","Table Set Dimensions","Table 70""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches 24""L x 11 to 14""W x 17 ""H
    Weight: Table 177 lbs Bench 36 lbs
    This set will accommodate 6 people","","","All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Wood Information","Honey Locust","Unfinished or Stained","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","timberland-garden-bench timberland-garden-chair evening-grove-side-table sunrise-thicket-side-table","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","500","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","""For a unique sitting area, our Autumnwood Table set that features six individual sized Wildwood Benches is perfect for your kitchen or restaurant. The set is made from kiln-dried locust wood and features the live-edge design you expect from the collection. The six-foot table is paired with six individual two-foot benches and can be left natural or stained with our luxury finishes from Adams All Natural Furniture. Shipped to you for free and delivered curbside, you won’t be disappointed with your purchase of the Autumnwood Table with six Wildwood Benches."" *** All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Locust.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "catalina-7-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM92-7500","SSUM92-7500","SSUM92-7500","103.6","179","259","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+80)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+80)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+80)"" ""Black Sunbrella (A5408)(+80)"" ""Spa Sunbrella (A5413)(+80)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+80)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+80)"" ""Lemon Solefin (D2402)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Black Solefin (D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (D2446)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)""","Select Color","7' 6"" Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","7' 6"" Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","Catalina 7.5""","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 7'-6"" Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 90"" Dia. x 96"" H
    ","Weight","11 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 2 Way Push Botton Tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 80 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Pole Diameter of 1.38"" Top / 1.5"" Bottom
  • 8 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Catalina Insturction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/sTHR4sAddv0?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878580656","7' 6"" Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella is an incredible product by Simply Shade. The umbrella comes with a 7'-6"" Octagon canopy to cover a considerably large area. You can choose from Solefin or Sunbrella fabric materials for long-lasting performance. While the bronze powder-coated aluminum supports the large canopy. The umbrella design includes single wind vents and 8 heavy-duty starlight ribs for the absolute convenience of the user. You must attain the recommended minimum weight of almost 80 lbs. for the umbrella base.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "7-5-ft-premium-market--360-auto-tilt","ST-UM75","UM75-LI","UM75","184.00","299","399","""Canopy Color"" ""Select One"" ""Forest Green (Outdura)"" ""Pacific Blue (Outdura)"" ""Antique Beige (Outdura)"" ""Kona Brown (Outdura)"" ""Paprika (Outdura) (+18)""","Canopy Color","7.5 Ft Premium Market Umbrella","7 1/2-Foot Premium Market Umbrella","","Pole Information","40mm Diameter x 1.2mm Thichness
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Rib Information","Rib size (8 Ribs)
    19.5mm x 13.5mm x 45"" Long","Stainless Steel Cord
    360 degree Rotation and Auto Tilt
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Frame Colors","Available in
  • Licorice","Canopy Fabric Colors","Available in Outdura Solution Dyed Polyester:
  • Forest Green
  • Pacific Blue
  • Antique Beige
  • Kona Brown
  • Paprika","Special Features","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","t","","","","","","","","","t","","","umbrellas-7ft-9ft","","","","","Avanti/Shade Trends","shade trends","","t","","Hot sun or a few sprinkles and showers don't have to keep you from enjoying your home's outdoor environment. The 7 1/2-Foot Premium Market Umbrella from Cedarwood Furniture offers ample protection and looks good too. Available in your choice of five attractive canopy colors, this elegant table umbrella includes an auto-tilt that makes it easy to adjust according to your needs and the weather's whims. Use it for tables like our Cedar Backyard Bash Cross-Legged Picnic Table with Detached Benches.

    Need an umbrella stand to go with your umbrella. There is definately a rule of thumb to observe when picking out the right umbrella stand. Any of our garden umbrellas that are 9' and smaller can easily use a 45 lb base when you are using it with a table. If you are going to have the umbrella stand alone, we recommend going with the 75 lb base. For umbrellas larger than 9', even with a table we recommend the 75 pound base.

    It's always good practice to keep your umbrella closed when you aren't enjoying the shade that it provides you. Wind storms can creep up when you aren't at home or asleep and can cause damage to any patio umbrella left open.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "810-gablevent","KD-GV810","","GV810","50.83","","68.85","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+8)"" ""Yellow Pine (+9.50)"" ""PVC (+23)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+14)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+14)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 10 Gable Vent","8 x 10 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 9.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 12""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 12.5"" x 14.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 10""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","15","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 10"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 10"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "812-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT812","","GVT812","70.77","","104.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+11)"" ""Yellow Pine (+12)"" ""PVC (+32)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+17)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+17)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 12 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","8 x 12 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 11.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 14""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","22.68","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 12"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 12"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "812-gablevent","KD-GV812","","GV812","57.6","","79.5","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+11)"" ""Yellow Pine (+12)"" ""PVC (+27)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+14)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+14)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 12 Gable Vent","8 x 12 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x11.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 14""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 15.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 12""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","16.56","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 12"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 12"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "816-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT816","","GVT816","84.14","","115","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+14)"" ""Yellow Pine (+16)"" ""PVC (+36)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+24)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+24)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","8 x 16 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","28.13","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 16"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "816-gablevent","KD-GV816","","GV816","67.85","","99.75","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+14)"" ""Yellow Pine (+15)"" ""PVC (+38)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+15)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+15)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 16 Gable Vent","8 x 16 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 15.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 18""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 19.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 16""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","20.57","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 16"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 16"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "818-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT818","","GVT818","89.71","","121","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+17)"" ""Yellow Pine (+18)"" ""PVC (+42)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+23)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+23)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","8 x 18 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 17.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 20""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 21.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 18""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","30.33","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 18"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 18"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "824-arched-gabevent","KD-GVT824","","GVT824","102.66","","151","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+21)"" ""Yellow Pine (+22)"" ""PVC (+65)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+27)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+27)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+21)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","8 x 24 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","35.2","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 24"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "824-gablevent","KD-GV824","","GV824","82.44","","124.47","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+20)"" ""Yellow Pine (+22)"" ""PVC (+56)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+20)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+20)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+19)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 24 Gable Vent","8 x 24 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 23.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 26""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 27.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 24""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","25.82","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 24"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 24"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "830-gablevent","KD-GV830","","GV830","88.64","","131.84","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+23)"" ""Yellow Pine (+25)"" ""PVC (+62)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+27)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+27)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 30 Gable Vent","8 x 30 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 29.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 32""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 33.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 30""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","27.55","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 30"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 30"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "836-arched-gablevent","KD-GVT836","","GVT836","115.74","","187.6","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+28)"" ""Yellow Pine (+32)"" ""PVC (+85)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+30)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+30)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+23)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","8 x 36 Arched ""Tombstone"" Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","arched-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","39","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 36"" arched vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "836-gablevent","KD-GV836","","GV836","93.74","","139.42","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+25)"" ""Yellow Pine (+30)"" ""PVC (+75)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+22)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+22)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+20)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 36 Gable Vent","8 x 36 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 35.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 38""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 39.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 36""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","t","","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","28.78","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 36"" rectangle vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 36"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "88-gablevent","KD-GV88","","GV88","44.07","","58.68","Material ""Select One"" ""Western Cedar"" ""Cypress (+8)"" ""Yellow Pine (+9)"" ""PVC (+18)"" Surface ""Select One"" ""Sanded Smooth Unfinished"" ""Smooth Primer (+12)"" ""Rough Sawn Unfinished"" ""Rough Primer (+12)"" ""Face Trim"" ""Select One"" ""3/4 x 2 3/4 Square Edge"" ""5/4 x 2 Brick Molding (+18)"" ""Louver Style"" ""Select One"" ""Standard Jamb"" ""Surface Mount with Closed Louver (+25)"" ""Surface Mount with Open Louver (+25)""","","8 x 8 Gable Vent","8 x 8 Gable Vent","","Material Options","PVC, Western Cedar, Cypress, Yellow Pine or Redwood","Vent Types","Standard Jamb
    Surface Mount/Closed Louver
    Surface Mount/ Open Louver
    • ""Surface Mount"" means that the vent is made to mount on the wall without any louver box extending out the back of the unit.
    • ""Standard Jamb"" means that the vent has a 3"" deep louver box extending out the back of the unit. Includes screening.","Square Edge
    Brick Molding","Custom Vents","Don't see what you need? Call us. We can make whatever style or size gable vent you want.","Dimensions","Standard Jamb Vents:
    Actual Louver Box Dimension: 7.5"" x 7.5""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Brick Mold Trim: 10"" x 10""
    Outside Edge of Trim with Square Edge Trim: 11.5"" x 11.5""
    Surface Mount Vents:
    (Has no louver box)
    Outside Edge of Trim to Outside Edge of Trim (Surface Mount vents only available with Square Edge Trim): 8"" x 8""","Trim Options","","Wood Options
    Unfinished or Primed
    PVC
    Comes White","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-4 weeks","","","None Needed","","","","","","","","","t","","rectangle-square-gable-vents","https://youtube.com/v/Ja29-Eb6soc?rel=0&hd=1&","","15","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","The gable vent you are viewing is a 8 x 8"" square vent. When ordering this vent with a standard jamb or louver box on the back, this dimension indicates your rough opening size. Rough opening being the space between the studs where you will be securing your vent. If you are ordering a surface mount vent, we will make your vent 8 x 8"" in overall size from the outside edge of the trim to the outside edge of the trim. Scroll below to see our video detailing how to order your gable vent.
    Click Here for a Gable Vent Diagram
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "8ft-premium-breezy-vent-retro-umbrella","ST-BR8524","BR8524","BR8524","263.35","449","578.4","""Canopy Color"" ""Select One"" ""Pacific Blue & White (Outdura)"" ""Heather Beige & White (Outdura)"" ""Paprika & White (Outdura) (+30)""","Canopy Color","8.5 Ft Summer Breeze Oversized Umbrella w/ Wind Vent","8.5’ Summer Breeze Oversized Umbrella with Wind Vent","","Pole Information","35MM Dia & 1 MM Thick
    Aluminum","Rib Information","Made with 24 Ribs","Aluminum Frame
    Fiberglass Ribs
    Crank Lift w/ Auto Tilt","Frame Color","Available in Antique Bronze","Canopy Fabric Colors","Available with a Natural White Valance and a Pacific Blue, Heather Beige or Paprika Wind Vent.","Special Features","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","t","","","","","","","","","t","","","umbrellas-7ft-9ft","","","","","Avanti/Shade Trends","shade trends","","t","","By letting some air through, a wind vent makes your patio umbrella more stable. The vent also allows heat to escape from under the umbrella on hot days, keeping you cooler. The 8.5? Summer Breeze Oversized Umbrella with Wind Vent from Cedarwood Furniture is a great way to keep cool and calm on your patio, porch or anywhere else you use it. Use it for shade when you?re sitting in your Adirondack chair or eating outdoors at a table like our Cedar Backyard Bash Cross-Legged Picnic Table with Detached Benches.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "isabela-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUSC45109","SSUSC45109","SSUSC45109","419.6","699","1049","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433BT)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011BT)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403BT)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404BT)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422BT)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439BT)""","Select Color","8.5' Round Isabela Umbrella by Simply Shade","8.5' Round Isabela Umbrella by Simply Shade","Isabela","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 8' - 6'' Round
    Complete Unit Open: 102"" Dia. x 102"" H
    Main Pole Diameter: 1.5"" Base: Recommended a minimum weight og 50 lbs.","Weight","17 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Sunbrella (Sunbrella Black Tassels)
    Frame: Black Powder Coated Aluminum (Nylon hubs and connectors)","Movement","

  • Has infinite tilt up to 45 degrees
  • Two piece pole
  • Crank for lift and auto tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 50 lb. base for this style

    ","Design","
  • Black Powder Coated Aluminum Pole
  • Auto Tilt
  • Crank to open umbrella
  • 24 Steel Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Isabela Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/gbj-yclDucw?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878726184","8.5' Round Isabela Umbrella by Simply Shade is available in an extensive range of colors. You can select the desired color while placing your order. The umbrella canopy has a round design and is almost 8' - 6'. Sunbrella is the main fabric component used for the canopy. The black tassels arranged around the canopy are also made of Sunbrella to ensure the durability and reliability of the product. Black powder-coated aluminum, nylon hubs, and connectors are used for the umbrella base.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "skye-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSAG5A-86SQ00","SSAG5A-86SQ00","SSAG5A-86SQ00","255.6","429","639","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+270)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+270)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+270)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+270)"" ""Black Sunbrella (A5408)(+270)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+270)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+270)"" ""Lemon Solefin (D2402)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Henna Solefin (D2407)"" ""Black Solefin (D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Gray Tweed Solefin (D3450)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Select Post Color"" ""Select One"" ""Bronze (As shown)(SSAG5-86SQ00)"" ""Black (SSAG5-86SQ09)"" ""Add Cantilever Base"" ""Select to Add Base"" ""Bronze Bermuda Base (+129.99) (SSBSPB00)"" ""Black Bermuda Base (+129.99) (SSBSPB09)""","Select Color Add Cantilever Base Add Mounting Kit","8.5' x 8.5' Square Skye Cantilever Umbrella by Simply Shade","8.5' x 8.5' Square Skye Cantilever Umbrella|Available In Multiple Colors","Skye","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 8' 6'' x 8' 6'' Square
    Complete Unit Open: 121.93"" W x 102"" L x 98.43"" H
    Complete Unit Closed: 20.12"" Dia x 102.09"" H
    Main Pole Diameter: 2.5"" Base: Cross bar system is designed to take concrete pavers up to 18"" x 18""","Weight","49 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Powder Coated Aluminum (Nylon hubs and connectors)","Movement","
  • Has full 360° rotation with 12 preset locking positions
  • Has knob that allows for infinite backwards tilt
  • Built-in light adapter to fit Selene and Vega umbrella lights (sold separately)
  • Comes with foot pedal to easily rotate canopy
  • Comes with a Cross Bar Stand that accommodates up to 18"" x 18"" pavers (pavers not included)","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Crank to open umbrella
  • 8 Heavy Duty Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Skye Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","umbrellas-7ft-9ft","https://youtube.com/v/tUCPbEq6L70?rel=0&hd=1&","https://youtube.com/v/Smthb4S0fpg?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878086769","The square Skye cantilever umbrella by Simply Shade, made available by Adams All Natural Furniture, is a crank-to-open umbrella with single wind vents and a total of eight heavy-duty ribs to support the whole body. The design includes a metal frame stand and a durable fabric to completely cover it around. The umbrella comes with a crossbar stand that accommodates up to 18"" x 18"" pavers; the pavers are not included in this package. For convenience and better rotation, the design contains full 360° rotation with 12 preset locking positions, a specialized knob that allows for infinite backward tilt, and a foot pedal to easily rotate the canopy. Moreover, the umbrella also comes with a built-in light adapter to fit Selene and Vega umbrella lights that are sold separately. The overall weight of the product is 49 pounds, and the material and hardware used are premium quality and hardwearing. The fabric material comes in two options Solefin or Sunbrella, both of them provide exceptional water-resistant performance, while the frame is built with powder-coated aluminum, plus nylon hubs and connectors for extreme strength. The product is covered by the Simple Shade warranty policy, also, at Cedar Wood Furniture, we strive to deliver the best to you.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "8ft-autumnwood-table-set-with-6-wildwood-benches","ALW-1-8280L-4-8214L-2-8212L","1-8180L-4-8214L-2-8212L","1-8180L-4-8214L-2-8212L","1254","2370","2825.333333","""Add Stain"" ""Select to Stain"" "" Stained (+375)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Locust Natural Stain"" ""Locust Mushroom Stain"" ""Locust Cedar Stain""","Color Options","8ft Autumnwood Table Set with 6 Wildwood Benches","Table Set - Autumnwood - Wildwood Bench - Eight","8' Autumnwood Table with 2 - 2' Wildwood Benches & 4 - 4' Wildwood Benches","Table Set Dimensions","Table: 94""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches: 2 ft. - 24""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H --- 4 ft. - 44""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H
    Weight: Table 210 lbs Benchs 2ft - 36 lbs , 4ft - 49 lbs
    This set will accommodate 10 people","","","All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Wood Information","Honey Locust","Unfinished or Stained","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","","t","","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","timberland-garden-bench timberland-garden-chair evening-grove-side-table sunrise-thicket-side-table","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","500","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","For a larger dining space, the eight-foot Autumnwood Table set with 2- two-foot and 4 - four-foot Wildwood Benches may be the perfect compliment to your dining area. Featuring kiln-dried locust wood, we prominently display the live-edge design all-naturally or you can choose to have a stain applied. Adams All Natural Furniture ships this set free to your curbside. Let this beautiful locust wood piece grace your dining room and show off the seasoned look of the set for years to come. *** All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.

    For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Locust.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "amelia-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUA4599","SSUA4599","SSUA4599","119.6","209","299","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Stone Polyester (P0104)"" ""Natural Polyester (P040)"" ""Antique Beige Polyester (P071)"" ""Deep Red Polyester (P083)"" ""Add Base"" ""Select to Add Base"" ""Marco Base (+98.99) (SSBCH509)""","Select Color Add Base","9' Amelia Half Umbrella by Simply Shade","9' Amelia Half Umbrella|Available In Several Attractive Shades","Amelia","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 9' L x 4.46' W Half Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 132"" L x 57.1"" W x 93"" H
    ","Weight","10 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Polyester
    Frame: Powder Coated Aluminum Pole and Ribs","Movement","

  • Infinite Tilt
  • Push Up
  • Height: Adjustable up to 83.9""
  • Ideal for Small Areas
    ","Design","
  • Half Octagon
  • 5 Heavy Duty Ribs
  • Pole Diameter: 1.89"" Top / 1.69"" Bottom
  • Recommended minimum of 50 lb. base for this style
    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Amelia Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","https://youtube.com/v/LINL_knc7s4?rel=0&hd=1&","https://youtube.com/v/ZSC1JF9eI6M?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878683272","The 9' Amelia half umbrella by Simply Shade is available at Adams All Natural Furniture, this uniquely designed umbrella is best set next to a wall on a patio or deck. Designed to withstand the outdoor environment, these umbrellas are available in stone, natural, antique beige, and deep red shades. The half octagon covers a span of 132"" L x 57.1"" W x 93"" H when the unit is opened up and it weighs about 10 lbs. A polyester fabric forms the canopy of the umbrella while the frame is made up of highly durable and sturdy, yet lightweight powder-coated aluminum. The umbrella offers infinite tilt freedom, allowing you to adjust it to your liking and push up movements. The half octagon design is perfect for preserving space, but don't let the smaller size fool you, the umbrella still provides a comfortably large shade against the scorching sun. For the best results, the umbrella requires a 50 lbs base which is sold separately. The product comes with limited warranty coverage from Simply Shade and is also backed by the trust of Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "aruba-9-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM91-0900","SSUM91-0900","SSUM91-0900","119.6","199","299","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Cast Silver Sunbrella (A40433)(+170)"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+170)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+170)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+170"" ""Spa Sunbrella (A5413)(+170)"" ""Aruba Sunbrella (A5416)(+170)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+170)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+170)"" ""Astoria Sunset Stripe (A56095)(+170)"" ""Astoria Lagoon Stripe (A56096)(+170)"" ""Lemon Solefin (D2402)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)""","Select Color","9' Octagon Aruba Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","9' Octagon Aruba Market Umbrella|Available In Several Appealing Color Schemes","Aruba","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 9' Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 95.9"" Dia. x 105.02"" H
    ","Weight","14 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 45 degree infiniti tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 50 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Pole size of 1.38"" Top / 1.5"" Bottom
  • 8 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Aruba Instruction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/nlF_JYNVk5o?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878681018","The 9' octagon Aruba market umbrella by Simply Shade, available at Adams All Natural Furniture, covers a span of 95.9"" D x 105.02"" H and is available in an assortment of color schemes such as blue sky, cast ocean, navy, black, tangerine, really red, and jockey red, to name a few. The unit requires some nominal assembly on your end, but that should not be a trouble. Overall, the solefin or sunbrella fabric canopy, bronze powder-coated aluminum, and starlight ribs all weigh about 14 lbs when put together which is easily manageable. The umbrella unit works optimally when mounted on a 50 lbs base at the very least (sold separately), and allows movements via the hand crank system and in 45 degree tilts. It is covered by a limited warranty from Simply Shade, plus Cedar Wood Furniture handles quality assurance.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "catalina-9-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSUM92-0900","SSUM92-0900","SSUM92-0900","107.6","179","249","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Ginkgo Sunbrella (A54011)(+230)"" ""Jockey Red Sunbrella (A5403)(+230)"" ""Natural Sunbrella (A5404)(+230)"" ""Black Sunbrella (A5408)(+230)"" ""Spa Sunbrella (A5413)(+230)"" ""Aruba Sunbrella (A5416)(+230)"" ""Antique Beige Sunbrella (A5422)(+230)"" ""Navy Sunbrella (A5439)(+230)"" ""Milano Cobalt Sunbrella (A56080)(+230)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Astoria Sunset Stripe (A56095)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Astoria Lagoon Stripe (A56096)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Gateway Mist Stripe Sunbrella (A58039)(+230)(Only Available with Bronze Post)"" ""Lemon Solefin (D2402)"" ""Blue Sky Solefin (D2406)"" ""Henna Solefin (D2407)"" ""Black Solefin (D2408)"" ""Really Red Solefin (D2412)"" ""Beige Solefin (D2422)"" ""Forest Green Solefin (D2446)"" ""Gray Tweed Solefin (D3450)(Only Available with Black Post)"" ""Taupe Solefin (D3474)"" ""Select Post Color"" ""Select One"" ""Bronze (As shown)(SSUM92-0900)"" ""Black (SSUM92-0909)""","Select Color","9' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","9' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade","Catalina 9""","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 9' Octagon
    Complete Unit Open: 108"" Dia. x 101.7"" H
    ","Weight","14 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Solefin or Sunbrella
    Frame: Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum","Movement","
  • Hand Cranck System
  • 2 Way Push Botton Tilt
  • Recommended minimum weight of 50 lb. base for this style","Design","
  • Single Wind Vents
  • Pole Diameter of 1.38"" Top / 1.5"" Bottom
  • 8 Heavy Duty Starlight Ribs

    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Catalina Insturction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","","https://youtube.com/v/sTHR4sAddv0?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878580182","Adams All Natural Furniture also features a 9' Octagon Catalina Market Umbrella by Simply Shade. The Catalina Market Umbrella has two fabric options. You can select either Solefin or Sunbrella. Both offer long-lasting and durable functionality. While for the frame the umbrella uses bronze powder-coated aluminum. The umbrella includes eight heavy-duty starlight ribs and single wind vents for the convenience and comfort of the user. You can select from a wide range of most elegant colors.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "9ft-premium-market-360-auto-tilt","ST-UM9","UM9","UM9","215.05","349","430.1","""Frame Color"" ""Select One"" ""Durango"" ""Aspen"" ""Canopy Color"" ""Select One"" ""Forest Green (Outdura)"" ""Pacific Blue (Outdura)"" ""Antique Beige (Outdura)"" ""Kona Brown (Outdura)"" ""Paprika (Outdura) (+10)""","Frame Color Canopy Color","9Ft Premium Market Umbrella","9-Foot Premium Market Umbrella – CedarwoodFurniture.com","","Pole Information","40mm Diameter x 1.2mm Thichness
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Rib Information","Rib size (8 Ribs)
    19.5mm x 13mm x 43"" Long","Stainless Steel Cord
    360 degree Auto Tilt
    Crank Lift
    Aluminum Pole & Ribs","Frame Colors","Available in
  • Durango
  • Aspen","Canopy Fabric Colors","Available in Outdura Solution Dyed Polyester:
  • Forest Green
  • Pacific Blue
  • Antique Beige
  • Kona Brown
  • Paprika","Special Features","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","t","","","","","","","","","t","","","umbrellas-7ft-9ft","","","","","Avanti/Shade Trends","shade trends","","t","","There's no reason to stay inside when the sun is burning hot or there are sprinkles and showers in the forecast. The 9-Foot Premium Market Umbrella from Cedarwood Furniture will let you enjoy your home's lovely outdoor environment in all kinds of weather. Available in three attractive aluminum frame colors and five solution-dyed Outdura canopy fabric colors, this umbrella features 360-degree auto-tilt and a crank lift for easy adjustment. For stability, use it with our Fillable Durable Patio Umbrella Stand.

    Need an umbrella stand to go with your umbrella.There is definately a rule of thumb to observe when picking out the right umbrella stand. ;Any of our garden umbrellas that are 9' and smaller can easily use a 45 lb base when you are using it with a table. If you are going to have the umbrella stand alone, we recommend going with the 75 lb base. For umbrellas larger than 9', even with a table we recommend the 75 pound base.

    It's always good practice to keep your umbrella closed when you aren't enjoying the shade that it provides you. Wind storms can creep up when you aren't at home or asleep and can cause damage to any patio umbrella left open.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedarfacts","cedarfacts","","","","","","","","About Cedar","About Cedar & Cypress Wood – Adams All Natural Cedar","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","General Characteristics
    Cedar wood is a lightweight and dimensionally stable wood that lies flat and stays straight, which means it resists the natural tendency to crack and check that mars the performance of many other wood species. Its distinct cell structure discourages moisture rot by allowing it to dry out faster than outdoor furniture made from tropical hardwoods.

    Western red cedar is incredibly thermal coefficient, meaning even on hot days, it is cool to sit in..

    Its bacterial and fungal resistance coupled with the fact that cedar has 80 percent of oak’s strength makes cedar the most desirable wood to use for building outdoor furniture.

    Western red cedar fibers contain oils that act as natural preservatives to help the wood resist rot and decay, making it excellent furniture material for moist or humid climates. These properties also make cedar a very popular material for hot tub and sauna areas.

    Among other things, naturally occurring organic compounds called thujaplicins give off that distinct cedar aroma that is pleasant to humans but a deterrent to insects, moths and other wood pests. This makes Eastern aromatic red cedar the choice material for closet liners and blanket storage chests. Its wonderful aroma and pest resistance makes cedar the perfect material inside or outdoors. Cedar closet lining benefits include giving your garments an attractive scent while protecting them from damage. Whether you are looking for an indoor cedar storage chest or an outdoor cedar table, chair or storage box, cedar for furniture is the natural choice. Consider the Advantages of Using Cedar
    Unlike plastic or resin furniture, Western red cedar will not bow or sag over time or blow across your yard. Your cedar furniture will hold its handsome appearance year after year with very little maintenance. Cedar and our Southern cypress products are an all-around safer, healthier and natural alternative for patio furniture and outdoor dining sets compared to other wood materials that have been treated with chemical preservatives. These products are also safe for organic gardening if the wood is left unfinished in its natural form. Our cedar and cypress products are a natural alternative to chemically treated wood.

    Much of today's outdoor furniture consists of chemically pressure-treated materials. These materials hold up outdoors because they are soaked in a toxic stew of chemical preservatives that are strong enough to require warning labels for those who handle them. The three primary ingredients in pressure-treated woods are copper, chromium and arsenic (CCA).

    A controversy exists on the extent of arsenic exposure from physical contact with CCA wood surfaces. Such surfaces include playground equipment, decks and picnic tables built using CCA-treated wood. Studies have shown that virtually no inorganic arsenic is absorbed through the skin, but it is readily taken up by ingestion. Thus, the potential exposure is hand to mouth. Children are considered the most vulnerable to this risk. Contact your local government environmental department for more information.

    The Cedar Tree
    From northern British Columbia, Canada, to California, a rugged spine of mountains stretches for almost 1,500 miles parallel to the Pacific coast of North America. Along the slopes and in the valleys of these mountains, the humus-rich soil nourishes mixed softwood forests in vast abundance.

    The majority of Western red cedar (Thuja plicata) grows in coastal forests. Western red cedars also occur in the drier interior forests of British Columbia, Washington, Idaho and Montana, where they are smaller and more tightly knotted. Aromatic red cedar is a member of the juniper family. Cedars rarely grow in pure stands but are generally found in association with other species. Western red cedar forests are predominantly managed forests, in which controlled harvests, natural regeneration and reforestation programs ensure a perpetual harvest.

    A red cedar log is composed of white and red sections of wood. The white section nearest the bark is referred to as ""sapwood,"" and the red, inner section is called ""heartwood."".

    A Wood Of Warmth And Beauty
    Whether used in patio furniture, paneling, ceilings, doors, windows, posts or beams, the presence and prestige of cedar enhance the aesthetics of any design.

    The Gift Of Durability
    Western Red Cedar ""heart wood"" contains natural oils that act as preservatives to help the wood resist insect attack and decay. Properly finished and maintained, Western Red Cedar ages gracefully and endures for many years. Aside from being the choice material for Outdoor Patio and Garden Furniture, Cedar is the preferred material for all outdoor applications that seek visual harmony with the landscape combined with stability and durability. Various uses range from furniture products to siding and patio decking, fences, planters, screens and shelters. Indoors, cedar's dimensional stability makes it perfectly suited to a variety of uses in high moisture areas such as kitchens, bathrooms and saunas.

    Natural Benefit
    Beauty aside, the purely practical, dollars-and-cents value of cedar offers other benefits: The wood's cellular structure creates interior air spaces that give it an insulation value higher than most woods and much higher than brick or concrete. Buildings that feature cedar paneling, ceilings or siding tend to stay cooler in the summer and warmer in the winter. Cedar also has excellent sound suppression and absorption qualities.

    A Wood For Craftsmen
    The same structure that gives cedar its excellent insulating and sound-suppressing qualities makes it a lightweight wood, easy to handle and craft for both the professional and do-it-yourselfer. Cedar is a pleasure to work with using either hand or machine tools. The wood can be cut, shaped, planed, sanded, nailed and glued easily. It is free of pitch and resin, and it finishes to a richly glowing surface that can be enhanced with semi-transparent or full-bodied stains. Characteristics of White Cedar Log Products:

    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.

    Because moisture is a factor in the checking process, the depth and span of the checks will vary upon placement outdoors. Direct sunshine contributes to the drying of logs, widening their cracks. Moisture and indirect light will shrink cracks.

    Although white cedar possesses much of the same cell properties of Western red cedar, which makes them both desired woods for outdoor use, it contains much less of the natural acidic tannins that help to preserve Western red cedar. Therefore, white cedar will not last quite as long as Western red cedar wood. White cedar outdoor furniture nevertheless is beautiful, durable and easy to care for.

    About Cypress

    You may be wondering about cypress vs. cedar outdoor furniture. The cypress tree grows mainly along southern coastlines and inland areas. The tree produces an oil called cypressine that acts as a natural preservative within the wood. This inherent characteristic of the Southern cypress makes it durable and extremely resistant to harsh weather conditions, insects and fungus.

    Because cypress wood lacks sap and doesn't bleed, it takes well to sealers, stains and paints. Its color varies in shades of light to dark honey. If left outdoors unfinished in its natural state, the appearance of the wood will become a light pewter color over time.

    The lumber is lightweight, scarce of knots, medium textured and dimensionally stable with a closed, straight grain. It is easy to cut, saw and nail, and resists splitting, warping, checking, splintering and cracking. Cypress wood complements any interior or exterior architectural style, whether rustic, traditional or modern.

    Cypress siding has been used for years on coastal and resort homes. It was also used by colonial builders for their homes, barns, cotton gins, warehouses, boatbuilding and docks. Cypress wood has even been reused from 100-year-old structures. Other beneficial uses today include porches, bridges, shingles, shutters and greenhouse construction.

    Copyright@ ADAMS All Natural Cedar.
    Contents of this website including custom graphics, site design, textual descriptions and information may not be copied or reproduced without express written permission.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "info","","","","","","","","","About Us - Adams All Natural Cedar","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","All items are covered for manufacturer's defects for 30 days after receipt of order and shipping damage for 5 days after receipt. Please notify our customer service asap and we will gladly assist in correcting either of these issues! ","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","
    " Everyone here is charged with making EVERY customer experience the best it can be! " ADAMS All Natural Cedar and Cedarwood Furniture.com is an authorized factory/shop direct dealer of new first quality cedar outdoor furniture and cedar outdoor accessories for all of your home, lawn, garden, and commercial needs! American made is very important to us. Look for the flag on each product. Whenever possible we always represent American Made products over imported products. We offer customers highly competitive prices, with attentive family owned service. Everyone here is charged with making EVERY customer experience the best it can be. From pre-sale to after-sale support you'll have the full attention of dedicated furniture professionals. Give us a call. We are happy to help you! Furthermore, you're getting the quality and guarantee from our hand picked furniture companies that have been around for many years. All of the furniture manufacturers we work with are held to strict standards of excellence, and are dedicated to serving our customers. All of our products come with a warranty and a return option so you're sure to be happy and safe with any purchase you make. CUSTOMER SERVICE IS #1. This isn't just a motto. It is what differentiates us from other outdoor patio sites. We will answer the phone (if we are away from our desk we will call back). We will answer emails. We will address special requests and needs. We truly care about our customers here at ADAMS All Natural Cedar!
    Click to Call Contact us Form
    Our Mission
    With over 20 years experience in the home decor and furniture business, we strive to provide the best quality American Made furniture at the best price possible while insuring you receive the level of customer service with us that you would expect if you were to go into a local store.
    Our Core Values
    • Honesty
    • Relationships
    • Accessibility
    • Supporting American Made
    ","","","","","","","","","","","" "acacia-hardwood-bistro-chair-and-table-set","MP-MPG-TL39","MPG-TL39-SET","MPG-TL39-SET","74.75","237.5","373.75","","","Acacia Hardwood Bistro Table and Chair Set - Currently Out of Stock","Acacia Hardwood Bistro Table and Chair Set","Bistro Set","Weight","26 lbs","Special Features","Folding","Table: 22” Diameter x 29” H
    Chair: 16.5” D x 20” W x 32” H","","","","","Dimensions","Acacia Wood","Oil Based Stain - Natural Finish","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal Assembly","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","84","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482022025","This item requires minimal assembly. It is acacia wood with an oil based stain. The Acacia Hardwood Bistro Table and Chair Set from Cedarwood Furniture provides a perfect place for you to relax with a friend or family member by the pool, on your patio or virtually anywhere else outdoors. Rot-resistant acacia construction means our 2 bistro chairs and table set will endure. This small wood outdoor table and chair set is finished with oil-based stain for added looks and durability. The chairs and table fold for easy mobility and storage.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "acacia-hardwood-glider-bench","MP-MPG-GDB01","MPG-GDB01","MPG-GDB01","115.81","331.25","579.05","","","Acacia Hardwood Glider Bench","Acacia Hardwood Glider Bench – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Glider Bench","Weight","40 lbs","","","48.5” L x 25” D x 37” H","","","","","Dimensions","Acacia Wood","Oil Based Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal Assembly","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoorgliders","","","99","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482021936","This item requires minimal assembly. It is acacia wood with an oil based stain. If you’re looking for a comfortable patio glider that will withstand the elements, consider the Acacia Hardwood Glider Bench from Cedarwood Furniture. The hard, dense wood naturally resists rot and insects. Comfortable and good-looking, this glider bench is 46 1/2” long and finished with an oil-based stain. Wood glider bench plans make the minimal assembly easy.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "acacia-hardwood-traditional-rocking-chair","MP-MPG-PT-41110","MPG-PT-41110","MPG-PT-41110","71.01","243.75","355.05","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Stained"" ""White (+15) #PT-41110WP""","","Acacia Hardwood Traditional Rocking Chair","Acacia Hardwood Traditional Rocking Chair","Traditional Rocking Chair","Weight","30 Lbs.","Made in","China","28.14” L x 33.07”W x 44.88” H","","","","","Dimensions","Acacia Wood","Natual Stain or White Paint","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","t","Minimal Assembly","","","","","","","","t","","","rockers","","","94","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482020328","This item requires minimal assembly. It is acacia wood with a natural stain or a white paint finish.","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Best rocking I have ever used.By: ,
    I love these rocking chairs .My wife loves them also. These are such a great product. I could not believe the price when I saw them online. My brother looked at them and wants to purchase some also and he is more particular than me!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "acacia-wood-40-in-round-drop-leaf-patio-dining-table","MP-MPG-TBS01-TB","MPG-TBS01-TB","MPG-TBS01-TB","88.48","276.25","442.4","","","Acacia Wood Drop Leaf 40"" Round Patio Dining Table - Currently Out of Stock","Acacia Wood Drop Leaf 40"" Round Patio Dining Table","Acacia Folding Dining Table","Weight","31.5 lbs","Special Features","Sides Fold down for each storage
    Built in Wheels on 2 Legs
    Big Enough to Accomidate 4 Chairs","39.5"" Dia x 29"" H","","","","","Dimensions","Kiln Dried Acacia Hardwood","Oil Based Stain - Natural Color","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","acacia-wood-folding-outdoor-dining-chair-set-4","","","","95","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482022018","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "acacia-wood-folding-outdoor-dining-chair-set-4","MP-MPG-TBS01-CH","MPG-TBS01-CH","MPG-TBS01-CH","109.91","315","549.55","","","Acacia Wood Folding Dining Chairs - Set/4 - Currently Out of Stock","Acacia Wood Folding Dining Chairs - Set/4","Acacia Folding Dining Chairs (Set/4)","Weight","9 lbs each","Special Features","Folding
    Fits nicely with the Acacia Wood Folding Table
    Can be used indoors or outdoors","20.5"" D x 17.5"" W x 33"" H","","","","","Dimensions","Kiln Dried Acacia Hardwood","Oil Based Stain - Natural Finish","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","None Required","","","","","","","","t","","acacia-wood-40-in-round-drop-leaf-patio-dining-table","","","","95","","Merry Products","merry products","","t","812482022001","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "outdoor-furniture-accent-tables","","","","","","","","","Accent Tables","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "endtables","endtables","","","","","","","","Accent Tables","Cedar Wood, Pine & Aspen Accent, Coffee and End Tables","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","

    No matter what size your porch, patio or other outdoor area, adding just the right little table can deliver the perfect finishing touch. The big assortment of Cedar Wood, Pine and Aspen Accent, Coffee and End Tables from Adams All Natural Cedar ensures you will be able to find just the right table for your situation. As our name implies, we carry plenty of cedar tables. Whether you are looking for a cedar coffee table, cedar end tables or some other sort of cedar table, going with one or more of our Western red cedar or white cedar tables will ensure lasting looks. Thanks to their natural oils, these lovely tables resist insects and the elements, and are easy to care for. We have tables to suit all styles and budgets. If you’re after a casually elegant and luxurious look, check out our redwood side tables. Those searching for old-fashioned value and style need look no further than our outdoor tables made of pine or aspen. If you are short on space, consider one of our folding cedar tables that you can easily stow away when you don’t need it.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-wood-acorn-garden-bridge","ALW-3404C","3404C","3404C","660","1346","1728","""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""3x4' #3404C"" ""3x6' (+316) #3406C"" ""3x8' (+717) #3408C"" ""3x10' (+1114) #3410C"" ""3x12' (+1449) #3412C"" ""4x8' (+793) #4408C"" ""4x10' (+1301) #4410C"" ""4x12' (+1685) #4412C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Stain Bridge"" ""3x4' Stained (+197)"" ""3x6' Stained (+261)"" ""3x8' Stained (+324)"" ""3x10' Stained (+405)"" ""3x12' Stained (+473)"" ""4x8' Stained (+340)"" ""4x10' Stained (+431)"" ""4x12' Stained (+508)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Acorn Cedar Garden Bridge - Multiple Sizes Available","Cedar Acorn Garden Bridge - Multiple Sizes Available","3' x 4' Acorn Bridge","Dimensions & Weight","3x4' Size Bridge
    Exterior 48""L x 38"" W x 25"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 8""
    Interior 48""L x 31"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 105 lbs
    Weight Capacity 450 lbs.
    3x6' Size Bridge
    Exterior 71""L x 38"" W x 25"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 12""
    Interior 71""L x 31"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 185 lbs
    Weight Capacity 500 lbs.
    3x8' Size Bridge
    Exterior 93""L x 38"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 16""
    Interior 93""L x 31"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 210 lbs
    Weight Capacity 550 lbs.
    3x10' Size Bridge
    Exterior 118""L x 38"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 22""
    Interior 118""L x 31"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 230 lbs
    Weight Capacity 600 lbs.
    3x12' Size Bridge
    Exterior 142""L x 38"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 24""
    Interior 142""L x 31"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 265 lbs
    Weight Capacity 600 lbs.
    4x8' Size Bridge
    Exterior 93""L x 49"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 16""
    Interior 93""L x 42"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 255 lbs
    Weight Capacity 550 lbs.
    4x10' Size Bridge
    Exterior 118""L x 49"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 22""
    Interior 118""L x 42"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 305 lbs
    Weight Capacity 600 lbs.
    4x12' Size Bridge
    Exterior 142""L x 49"" W x 27"" H
    End to Start of Arch: 24""
    Interior 144""L x 42"" W x 15"" H to railing top
    Product Weight 375 lbs
    Weight Capacity 600 lbs.","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Stained (Main Image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","gardenbridges","","","375","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar or Pine.","","","","","","","","","2031 Updated Pricing","","none" "8-ft-heavy-duty-park-ada-picnic-table","ALW-298PT-ADA","298PT-ADA","298PT-ADA","667","1345","1677","""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Add Stained (+148)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Color Options","ADA Heavy Duty 8' Park Style Picnic Table with Attached Benches","8' Heavy Duty ADA Table w/Attached Benches","8' Table w/Attached Benches Heavy Duty ADA","Dimensions & Weight","Dimensions:
    Overall Table 94""L x 66""W x 30""H
    Table Top 94""L x 33""W x 30""H
    Benches Top 94""L x 11""W x 18""H
    Wheel Chair Pocket 44""W x 21.5""D x 27.5""H
    Weight: 244 lbs
    ","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","Boards on table top and bench have small space in between boards for expansion and water drainage.","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Construction Details","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stain","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","8-ft-heavy-duty-park-picnic-table","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","360","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","The above picnic table with attached benches is with no finish.

    This heavy duty picnic table is made with pressure treated pine 2 x 6 lumber (finished to 1.5 x 5.5 inch boards). It is ADA campliant with the wheel chair pocket being 44 inches wide by 21.5 inches deep by 27.5 inches high. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item inPine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "adirondack-chair","BF-BCD-RCH","","BCD","348","580","870","""Add Legrest?"" ""No"" ""Yes (+199) #OTD"" ""Add Green Head Cushion?"" No ""Yes (+75) #HCD""","","Adirondack Chair: Signature Series","Western Red Cedar Wood Signature Adirondack Chair","","Dimensions","Chair Overall: 31"" W x 40"" D x 40"" H
    Seat: 21"" W x 17"" D
    Leg Rest Dimensions: 21"" W. x 18 D"" x 16"" H","Weight","Chair: 44 lbs
    Ottoman: 13 lbs","Oil based, matte finish outdoor wood protector used: Item #57503 - Olympic Maximum-Cedar Natural Tone","Hardware Used","Stainless Steel","Construction Details","Precision cut & finely sanded on every surface.
    Polypropylene glides on leg bottoms.
    Right armrest drink-holder slot (unless you specify ""Left"" side).","Protector Used","Clear Western Red Cedar","Comes with Oil Based Stain Finish","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Very Easy Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","bestrocker lowtable cedarsidetable","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Baldwin","baldwin furniture","US","t","","Sit back and relax in style and comfort with the ergonomically designed Western Red Cedar Wood Signature Series Adirondack Chair from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S. of premium clear cedar.. For an added price, a leg rest and head cushion are also options. This furniture, bought in the fall, will last a long time even in wintry weather, thanks to cedar’s naturally protective oils. Our cedar Adirondack chair’s 10-year warranty on replacement parts means you can buy without worries.","","","","","3","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Love these chairsBy: ,
    "I LOVE the Signature chairs! They are so comfortable and look so nice on my front porch! The neighbors are envious!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    I lOVE the Signature Chairs!By: ,
    They are so comfortable and look so nice on my front porch! The neighbors are envious!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    Wonderful PurchaseBy: ,
    Furniture arrived and now assembled. I must say it is lovelier than I expected. Thanks again.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","baldwin" "outdoor-furniture-adirondack-chairs","","","","","","","","","Adirondack Chairs","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "adirondack-chairs","adirondack-chairs","","","","","","","","Adirondack Chairs","Wood Adirondack Chairs, Ottomans, Kits and Sets","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","If you love the classic country look and feel of Adirondack chairs, you will love browsing the huge selection of wood Adirondack chairs, ottomans, kits and sets available at Cedarwood Furniture. In addition to providing creature comforts, these chairs will bring a relaxing, rustic look to your home. We have these chairs in all sorts of styles and sizes. We also carry a wide assortment of ottomans and other accessories that are perfect matches. You can seat every generation of your family and friends in our Adirondack chairs. They’re available in standard sizes as well as models specifically sized for kids. We even have Adirondack chairs and sets specifically tailored for maximum comfort for grandparents. You can purchase one wood Adirondack chair as a standalone or accompany it with a matching ottoman or side table for added comfort and convenience. Our Adirondack chair sets give you everything you need for instant outdoor enjoyment in one convenient, economical package. Choose from a variety of natural wood materials. Your choices include weather- and insect-resistant cedar, beautiful acacia and economical and attractive pine. Made in North America of high-grade lumber and hardware, these Adirondack chairs are built to last.","","","","All Adirondack Chairs","","","","","","","none" "all-adams-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","all-adams-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","","","","All Adirondack Chairs","All Adams Outdoor Adirondack Chairs","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","You can get a premium Adirondack chair for your poolside or outdoor space to best captivate the spirit of freedom associated with being outside. At Adams All Natural Furniture, we have Adirondack chairs made from the finest woods, including yellow pine and western red cedar. This means that you get premium quality products for your investment. You may have to put your chair together on your end too, but the assembly is only minimal, and we'll provide you with all the instructions you need. The zinc-plated hardware provided for assembling the chairs is rust-resistant so there's no trouble with placing them near your pool. These chairs are available in both finished and unfinished versions, and some of them can also be painted. The top-rated American craftsmanship is reflected in full earnestness in these chairs which also come with a satisfaction assurance and return policy from Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "natural-kote-soy-based-sealer","ALW-SE","","SE","","31.5","45","""Size"" ""Select One"" ""1 Qt"" ""1 Gal (+29)"" ""5 Gal (+233)""","Color Options Cushion Color","All Natural Wood Elite 501 Satin Sealer","All Natural Sealer","Natural Kote Soy Based Satin Sealer","Quantities Available","Qt, Gal & 5 Gal","Environmental Designation","Certified Green
    LEED Compliant","LEED Compliant
    Uses Recycled Materials
    Renewable Resource
    UV Stabilizing Additive
    Non Hazardous
    Essentially Odorless
    Not Film Forming
    Penetrating Sealer
    Soy-Based - Natural
    Easy Water Cleanup
    Available Quantities: Quart, Gallon, 5 Gallons
    When a quantity of more than 1 is ordered, additional charges may apply. Feel free to call for quote.","","","","","Item Specifications","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 business days","t","","","t","Sealer Can Label & Info","","","","t","MSDS Sheet","","t","natural-kote-soy-based-stain","wood-care","","","","","","a l woodworking","US","t","","Image shows our 1 gallon can of Natural Kote Satin Sealer.

    Ideal for use on tile grout, plaster, adobe, stucco, fiber cement, log homes, wood decks and outdoor wood furniture, natural stone, masonry, concrete and much much more. Using and all natural soy based satin sealer will provide an eco-friendly way of protecting and sustaining. Resins used will penetrate and absorb into the surface of your material providing a bond and seal without using petroleum based solvents. Our Satin Sealer made by Natural-Kote is essentially odorless making the product breathable which allows moisture vapors to escape from your material which can cause premature sealer failure in other types of sealers.

    1 Gallon of Sealer covers approximately 400 to 600 square feet of coverage. When purchasing our stain, there is no need to purchase this sealer as well as our stain already contains excellent an sealing derivative.

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "natural-kote-soy-based-stain","ALW-ST","","ST","","30.5","39.5","""Size"" ""Select One"" ""1 Qt"" ""1 Gal (+19)"" ""5 Gal (+167.50)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select One"" ""New Redwood Stain"" ""Barn Red Stain"" ""Natural Pine Stain"" ""Birch Stain"" ""Bees Wax Stain"" ""Rustic Brown Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Light Cedar Stain"" ""Mahogany Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Rustic Cedar Stain"" ""Sunset Stain"" ""Deep Ebony Stain"" ""Light Green Stain"" ""Walnut Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Keystone Gold Stain""","Color Options","All Natural Wood Stain & Sealer","All Natural Stain","Natural Kote Soy Based Wood Stain","Quantities Available","Qt, Gal, 5 Gal, 55 Gal, 275 Gal","Environmental Designation","Certified Green","Non-Film Forming & Penetrating
    Safe to Use around Pets & Children
    UV Stabilizing Additive
    Invigorates, Preserves & Protects wood surfaces
    UV Protection
    No stripping necessary for reapplying
    Green Building Compliant
    Essentially Odorless
    Available in quarts, gallons, 5 gallon pails, 55 gallon drums & 275 gallon Tote. (Call for quote on 55 gallon drums and 275 gallon totes.)
    When a quantity of more than 1 is ordered, additional charges may apply. Please call for quote.","","","","","Item Specifications","","Multiple Color Options","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 3-5 business days","t","t","","t","Stain Can Label & Info","","","","t","MSDS Sheet","","t","natural-kote-soy-based-sealer","wood-care","","","","","","a l woodworking","US","t","","Image shows our 1 gallon can of stain & sealer.

    Ideal for use on wood based cabinets, outdoor furniture, wood fences or other outdoor structures, wood decks, log homes, indoor furniture, trim, fiber cement, wood floors or other wood based surfaces. Our Natural-Kote Wood stain & sealer is an all natural soy based stain. Soy-based products lead the industry in providing a non-hazardous penetrating stain. This proprietary formula is made from renewable resource materials and makes it a preferred environmentally compliant. Natural-Kote rejuvenates, preserves & protects wood surfaces. The natural function of the soy acts to replace the sap for dried woods providing a longer lasting finish.

    1 Gallon of stain covers 350-400 square feet. Decks will soak up the stain. It's our recommendation to go up a gallon when figuring this kind of structure. A normal size deck would take approximately 5 gallons. One chair or planter would only need a quart. 6' Table you'd want 2 quarts. 8' table would take 3 quarts. With this product there is no need for a sealer as this contains a specially formulated stain as well as sealer all in one can.

    ","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    RecommendBy: ,
    Overall I really like the stain and sealer, the number one asset being the non toxicity. It's easy to mix and apply and worked well. It's hard to say how long it will last - the deck (cedar) is on a full southern exposure with no cover at all. Conventional stains in the past have lasted only two years or so - if I get that out if this product I'll be happy.

    The hard sell on this product is the amount of work involved. My deck is 32 x 12 with railings and balusters the whole way 'round. Having to apply two coats of stain and them go over the entire thing again with sealer is no fun considering a conventional stain would cover it in one pass. It's literally 3X the work. Having said that - seeing my children and pets spending time out there and knowing they are not breathing in noxious off gassing chemicals is something you can't really put a value on so for me it's worth the extra effort. It would be great if they could incorporate the stain and sealer into one product - I considered trying to mix them to save some time but I didn't want to compromise my experiment with the product.

    All in all it's a good choice for me and I will use it again and recommend it to others while sharing time on the deck that's not killing us as we talk about it!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "appalachian-arbor","ALW-8305L","8305L","8305L","966","1865","2296","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""5' #8305L"" ""6' (+90) #8306L"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" "" Stained (+300)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Locust Natural Stain"" ""Locust Mushroom Stain"" ""Locust Cedar Stain"" ""Add Timberline Swing with Rope"" ""Select to Add Swing"" ""Add Swing"" ""Include 4ft Swing for 5ft Arbor(+492) #8144L"" ""Include 5ft Swing for 6ft Arbor (+555) #8145L""","Color Options","Appalachian Arbor(Available in 5' or 6')","Arbor - Appalachian","Timberland Arbor","Outside Arbor Dimensions","5ft Arbor: 75""W x 42""D x 86""H
    6 ft Arbor: 87""W x 42""D x 86""H
    Weight: 200 lbs.","Outside Swing Dimensions","4' Foot 52""L x 27""D x 41 ""H
    5' Foot 62""L x 27""D x 41 ""H","5ft Arbor - 200 lbs
    6ft Arbor - 230 lbs
    4ft Swing - 60 lbs
    5ft Swing - 78 lbs","Wood Information","All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Weight","Honey Locust","Unfinished or Stained","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","timberland-garden-bench timberland-garden-chair evening-grove-side-table sunrise-thicket-side-table","arbors","","","450","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","""Make a bold statement with any entry or walkway. The Appalachian Arbor is available in a 4’ and 5’ design, featuring the live-edge and seasoning you expect from our selection of kiln-dried locust wood. Leave your Appalachian Arbor all-natural or choose from the stains available from Adams All Natural Furniture. Prefer to use it with the Timberland Porch Swing? We can bundle them together for you and deliver to your curbside. Your yard is sure to stand out when you choose the Appalachian Arbor and its unique design."" *** All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.

    For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Locust.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "arbors","arbors","","","","","","","","Arbors & Pergolas","Cedar Wood Arbors, Pergolas, Fences and Trellises","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","
    Whether you are looking to add a touch of elegance to your garden or party, or want to lend some curb appeal to your home, the Cedar Wood Arbors, Pergolas, Fences and Trellises available from Adams All-Natural Cedar will deliver style, looks and durability to your home. The American construction and quality cedar used for these wood arbors and other products mean they will look great and last for years with minimal maintenance. Our wooden arbors are available in sizes to cover every need, from a small garden to a large patio. Here at CedarwoodFurniture.com, you can find a wooden arbor in your choice of styles, whether you are searching for a wood arbor with a gracefully arched top or a flat or peaked top. If you need a cedar arbor with gate for property definition, choose from one of our matching cedar garden gates. Those who like to work with their hands and save money should consider one of our arbor kits for sale. These come with complete instructions. But if you have any questions, we are just a phone call away. Our trained staff is eager to help. We carry many other matching products to add definition, comfort and looks to your property, including graceful wooden pergolas, attractive cedar trellises and a variety of fences, privacy screens and more. Browse our wonderful selection and call or email us if you don’t see what you’re looking for.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "home-and-garden-arbors---pergolas","","","","","","","","","Arbors & Pergolas","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "arched-gable-vents","arched-gable-vents","","","","","","","","Arched Gable Vents","Cedar Wood, Wooden & PVC Arched Gable Vents","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Because they help disperse and eliminate moisture that can build up in attics and above ceilings, gable vents are a smart way to extend the life of your roof and your home. But arched gable vents are aesthetically appealing as well, lending a classic, stylish look to your home. At Adams All Natural Cedar, we carry a big selection of Cedar Wood and Other Wooden Arched Gable Vents. These arched gable vents are available in functioning and nonfunctioning versions, so you can choose one to suit your exact needs. Our cedar and Western red cedar gables are the most popular with our customers because of their natural insect-repelling qualities. But if you are looking for an arch gable vent made of another type of wood, we offer plenty of choices, including redwood, yellow pine and cypress. In fact, our skilled American craftsmen can custom-make an arched gable from virtually any type of wood to fit virtually any design scheme. Even if you need to match a very old custom-design gabled arch vent, call us. We can probably make one exactly to your specifications. Our standard arched gables are available in tombstone shapes finished or unfinished and ranging from 8” x 12” to 24” x 48” in size. These will fit easily in an opening made by you or your contractor. If you are looking for a super weather-resistant material, we also offer white arched gables made of PVC.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "indoor-wood-furniture-aromatic-cedar-closet-storage","","","","","","","","","Aromatic Cedar Closet Storage","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","

    In addition to making perfect outdoor furniture, cedar wood products also can serve many important functions inside your home. Because this wood naturally repels moths and other insects that can ruin your clothes, cedar is a perfect choice if you care about your clothing. Besides protecting your valuable garments, this aromatic wood smells wonderful and looks beautiful. A cedar closet system can save you money by protecting your apparel from damage. And, of course, a cedar closet organizer will make your closet space neat and clean. At Adams All-Natural Cedar, we carry a huge variety of Cedar Wood Closet Organizers, Shelves and Shoe Racks. Our large inventory of cedar closet organizers and related products gives you many choices to match practically any space. Many of our cedar closets boxes and organizers are stackable, meaning you can expand your cedar closet storage space as your wardrobe expands. We also carry cedar shelves that can accommodate a variety of other items. In addition, you can find plenty of cedar shoe racks and cedar shoe trees that will protect your footwear while making it smell swell. We carry many other cedar closet products designed to accommodate virtually any type of clothing, including cedar hangers, coat racks, tie racks and much more.","Cedar Closet Storage","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-shelves","KD-CCS3030","CCS3030","CCS3030","237","","414.4736842","""Select Shelf Width"" ""Select One"" ""30In Wide Shelves"" ""36In Wide Shelves (+77) CCS3630""","","Aromatic Cedar Wood Closet Shelving: 3 Tier - Exclusive Item","3 Tier Cedar Closet Shelves","","","","Overall Deminsions & Weight","14 deep x 30 length (optional 36, 48) x 30"" high
    Unit itself is 25 lbs","","","","","","","Aromatic Red Cedar","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate.","","","Simple Assembly","","","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","Above photos are of the 3 tier 30"" Wide shelf unit. Our aromatic cedar shelves are built to give you the organization you want with the natural qualities that aromatic cedar provides. Select from one of our standard preset dimensions above or give us a call and we are happy to give you pricing on the number of shelves and length of unit that you need. Our shelves can be used to stand alone or they can be placed in a close to provide shelves where you need them. Sturdy enough to hold books. Smooth and finished so that you can place delicate items like sweaters on them without snagging! And with aromatic cedar, you will enjoy the natural benefit of being bug repelling. Shelves come premade. All you have to do is to screw the shelves into place on 4 upright legs. Each leg is made of 1 x 4"" boards. Each shelf is 1 x 14.5"" deep. Pair this with other cedar closet organizing accessories that we carry.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedarshelving","KD-CCS3060","CCS3060","CCS3060","384","","624.4736842","""Shelf Width"" ""Select One"" ""30 Inches"" ""36 Inches (+77) CCS3660""","","Aromatic Cedar Wood Closet Shelving: 5 Tier - Exclusive Item","5 Tier Cedar Closet Shelves","","","","Dimensions & Weight","30""W. x 14""D. x 60""H. (46-lbs.)
    Shelves are roughly 10 1/2"" apart
    Additional Options have the same dimensions except for width
    30"" wide, 36"" wide or 48"" wide","","","","","","","Aromatic Red Cedar","Unfinished, Sanded Smooth, Finishing not Recommended","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 12-14 weeks - Due to limited availability of raw material and high demand for these products the lead time is our best estimate.","","","Minimal assembly means desired shelf positioning","","5 Tier Shelf Assembly Instructions","","","","","","t","","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/Fasd4aAGze8?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Kimball Design","kimball designs","US","t","","This solid genuine aromatic red cedar wood shelving organizer instantly transforms your ordinary closet into a custom cedar closet system. The distinctive woodland scent of aromatic red cedar is nature's all natural deodorizer! Continuously freshens stale clothes and repels insects. So throw away your smelly toxic chemical moth balls and convert to a natural lasting cedar wood closet storage system. The 1.125"" supports on this unit are strong enough to also hold books, gardening supplies or anything up to 30-lbs. per shelf and are premarked for adjustable shelf positioning. The lightweight mobility of this shelving unit allows you to move it where you need it most. Place in musty laundry rooms, garage, basement, pantries, sheds, porches and storage areas. This genuine red cedar wood shelving is economical, sturdy, durable and crafted to last. (Currently shipping out within 10-14 business days.) Also see our other red cedar closet system organizers. Quality Workmanship and Parts Guaranteed 100%! Handcrafted in the USA. Your customized Cedar Shelving unit comes with 5 tiers/shelves. You can select above to have the unit come wider. Standard widths are 30"", 36"" and 48"". Or if you need a completely custom size, give us a call for a quote! Don't forget to check out the Small Cedar Closet Organizer Stackable Unit in our Cedar Wood Closet Organizers section.","","","","","","","","","","","cedar-closet" "athena-adirondack-chair","ATC-AT20","AT20","AT20","144","247","462","","","Athena Adirondack Chair Kit","Athena Western Red Cedarwood Adirondack Chair Kit","Athena Adirondack","Dimensions","Overall: 36"" W x 36"" D x 37"" H
    Seat Dim: 21"" W x 21"" D x 14"" H
    Arm Width: 7""","Weight","19 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","adirondack-ottoman cedar-folding-andy-table atc-cedar-side-table","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","38","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088001124","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Named for the Greek goddess of wisdom, the Athena Western Red Cedarwood Adirondack Chair Kit from Cedarwood Furniture makes an intelligent choice for your patio, pool or yard. If you love all things cedar, you will love our Athena Adirondack chairs. Comfortable and cool, they resist moisture and insects, thanks to cedar’s natural oils. Made in Canada, this easy-to-assemble kit makes a great match for our Cedar Adirondack Ottoman Kit.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "athena-adirondack-rocker","ATC-RC22","RC22","RC22","199","328","675","","","Athena Adirondack Rocker Kit","Athena Western Red Cedar Wood Rocking Chair Kit","Athena Rocker Chair","Dimensions","Overall: 27"" W X 40"" D X 38"" H
    Seat Dim: 22"" W x 18"" D x 18"" H","Weight","24 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","athena-adirondack-chair cedar-folding-andy-table","rockers","","","41","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088005146","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Made in Canada, the Athena Western Red Cedar Wood Rocking Chair Kit from Cedarwood Furniture offers a sturdy, attractive and simple solution for outdoor rocking. Easy to assemble, this handsome chair kit comes with everything you need, including pre-cut, sanded and drilled cedar boards, zinc-plated hardware and complete instructions. Cedar’s natural oils will shield your rocker from insects and weather year-round.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "athena-teteatete","ATC-TT42","TT42","TT42","319","551","1017","","","Athena Tete-a-tete Kit","Western Red Cedar Wood Athena Tete-a-Tete Chairs Kit","Athena Corner Tete-a-tete","Dimensions","Overall: 69"" W x 42"" D x 37"" H
    Chair Seat Dim: 21"" W x 21"" D x 14"" H
    Tete Table Top: 30"" W x 26"" D
    Lower Table Dim: 26"" W x 17"" D","Weight","49 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","muskoka-ottoman slattedchair adirondack-ottoman athena-adirondack-chair","outdoor-patio-tete-a-tete-benches","","","89","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088001315","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. The Western Red Cedar Wood Athena Tete-a-Tete Chairs Kit from Cedarwood Furniture provides you with a perfect way to sit back with a friend or family member outside your home while sharing casual conversation, drinks and snacks. Joined by a convenient side table, these two Adirondack chairs are made of durable Canadian cedar. The kit includes complete instructions, zinc-plated hardware and pre-cut, finely sanded and drilled boards.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "autumnwood-table-set-with-wildwood-benches","ALW-8141L","8141L","8141L","572","986","1314.666667","""Choose Set Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' #8241L"" ""5' #8251L (+130)"" ""6' #8261L (+368)"" ""8' #8281L (+560)"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 4' (+168)"" ""Yes 5' (+184)"" ""Yes 6' (+195)"" ""Yes 8' (+244)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Locust Natural Stain"" ""Locust Mushroom Stain"" ""Locust Cedar Stain"" ""Add End Benches"" ""Select to Add End Benches"" ""Add Two (2) 2ft Benches (+336)""","Choose Set Size Color Options","Autumnwood Table Set with Wildwood Benches (Available in 4', 5', 6' and 8')","Table Set - Autumnwood - Wildwood Bench","Autumnwood Table with Wildwood Benches","Dimensions & Weight","4 Foot
    Table 44""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches 44""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H
    Weight: Table 119 lbs Bench 49 lbs
    Weight Capacity 1200 lbs.
    Seat Accommodates: 2-4 People
    5 Foot
    Table 55""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches 55""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H
    Weight: Table 143 lbs Bench 55 lbs
    Weight Capacity 1400 lbs.
    Seat Accommodates: 4 People
    6 Foot
    Table 70""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches 70""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H
    Weight: Table 177 lbs Bench 69 lbs
    Weight Capacity 1600 lbs.
    Seat Accommodates: 4-6 People
    8 Foot
    Table 94""L x 25 to 28""W x 30""H
    Benches 94""L x 11 to 14""W x 17""H
    Weight: Table 210 lbs Bench 82 lbs
    Weight Capacity 1600 lbs.
    Seat Accommodates: 6 People","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Wood Specification","Honey Locust","Unfinished or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","rustic-locust-furniture","","","160","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","""Pair the Autumnwood Table with our Wildwood Benches to create a cohesive set that can be used indoors or a covered outdoor setting. The set is available in 4’, 5’, 6’, and 8’, with the option to add end benches. Made from premium kiln-dried locust wood, all the pieces feature the live edge design which can be left natural or stained in one of Adams All Natural Furniture’s signature finishes. We ship this set to you for free, with curbside delivery."" *** All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.

    For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Locust.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "autumnwood-table-only","ALW-8240L","8240L","8240L","347","605","746.6666667","""Choose Table Size"" ""Select One"" ""4 #8240L'"" ""5' #8250L(+236)"" ""6' #8260L (+399)"" ""8' #8280L (+498)"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Stained 4' (+99)"" ""Stained 5' (+111)"" ""Stained 6' (+129)"" ""Stained 8' (+148)"" ""Select Stain Color"" ""Select if Ordering Stain"" ""Locust Natural Stain"" ""Locust Mushroom Stain"" ""Locust Cedar Stain""","Choose Table Size Select Stain Color","Autumnwood Table(Available in 4', 5', 6', or 8')","Table - Autumnwood - Single","Autumnwood tables","Dimensions & Weight","4' Table
    44""L x 25 to 28""D x 30""H
    Weight 119 lbs
    5' Table
    55""L x 25 to 28""D x 30""H
    Weight 143 lbs
    6' Table
    70""L x 25 to 28""D x 30""H
    Weight 177 lbs
    8' Table
    94""L x 25 to 28""D x 30""H
    Weight 210 lbs","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks.","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","Wood Information","Honey Locust","Unfinished or Stained","The 4', 5' and 6' tables ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. 8 foot table shipping information:
    *** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","wildwood-bench-only timberland-garden-bench evening-grove-side-table ","rustic-locust-furniture","","","94","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","""The Autumn Wood Table from Adams All Natural Furniture features kiln dried locust wood and a beautiful live-edge. You can leave your table natural or choose from one of the many stain options available. No matter which you choose, the natural season of the wood will show through for an elegant all-natural look. Our Autumn Wood Table is available in four different sizes – 4’, 5’, 6’, and 8’. It is delivered to you curbside, with free shipping. This piece will fit in perfectly with any décor around your home."" *** All the locust wood is kiln dried but it is normal for all thick cut rustic furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood ""seasons"". Checking occurs as the wood releases residual moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Locust.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "benchseat","AQ-12","AQ-12","12","183","370","456.25","","","Backless Bench Seat: 5 Foot","Western Red Cedar Wood 5' Backless Bench Seat","5' Bench","Dimensions & Weight","Overall
    60"" W x 18"" H x 14 3/4"" D
    Seat Height
    18""
    Weight 29 lbs.","","","","Construction","Mortise & Tenon joinery.","Hardware","Zinc Plated","","All Natural Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Natural Cedar
    Can be painted or stained once you've received it.","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrierā€™s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Some Required","t","Bench Assembly Instructions","","","","","","t","","cedar-curved-backless-bench-pair clubchair rockingchair patioendtable","outdoor-patio-backless-benches","","","90","","Aquila Cedar","aquila cedar","CA","t","patioendtable","Whether you use it for quiet contemplation sitting alone in your garden or for seating a crowd at your next garden party, you will love the Western Red Cedar Wood 5' Backless Bench Seat from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in Canada of unfinished cedar, this spacious bench naturally resists insects and the elements. Enjoy it on its own or use it with our Patio End Table.","","","","","2","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Best Bang for your BuckBy: ,
    I just received my two backless benches. I love them. They were better than I expected and after having spent many hours online looking at the competition I can now say for certain that this bench is the BEST bang for your buck.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    Beautiful BenchesBy: ,
    The products are beautiful. The sales transaction was very easy and delivery was quick.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","benches" "outdoor-patio-backless-benches","outdoor-patio-backless-benches","","","","","","","","Backless Benches","Backless Cedar, Pine and Redwood Benches","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Backless benches are a great way to add extra seating to a room or outdoor area without using much space. At Cedarwood Furniture, we stock a deep inventory of top-quality backless cedar, pine and redwood benches that will beautify your home’s exterior or interior while providing ample seating for all. Made in North America of pure, natural wood that looks great anywhere, these benches are available in a variety of sizes, allowing you to suit virtually any space or number of guests. Choose from sizes ranging from 2 feet to 8 feet, with plenty of options in between. Most of these benches are available unfinished, allowing you to finish them the way you want, but many are available factory-finished in the color or finish of your choice. You can also choose from a variety of designs, ranging from versions suitable for simply enjoying the tranquility of your garden or patio to styles made specifically for sitting in and enjoying a restorative sauna.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-27-wide-4-backyard-bash-cross-legged-picnic-table-w-detached-benches","CR-WF27WCLTCB4CVD","WF27WCLTCB4CVD","WF27WCLTCB4CVD","534","929","1201.5","""Select Set"" ""Select One"" ""4 Foot WF27WCLTCB4CVD"" ""5 Foot (+130) WF27WCLTCB5CVD"" ""6 Foot (+270) WF27WCLTCB6CVD"" ""8 Foot (+650) WF27WCLTCB8CVD"" ""10 Foot (+840) WF27WCLTCB10CVD"" ""Optional Umbrella Hole"" ""No, Thank You"" ""Yes, Please Add (Not Available on 4' Table)"" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes 4' Table (+167) WF27WCLTCB4CVD-CS"" ""Yes 5' Table (+190) WF27WCLTCB5CVD-CS"" ""Yes 6' Table (+217) WF27WCLTCB6CVD-CS"" ""Yes 8' Table (+296) WF27WCLTCB8CVD-CS"" ""Yes 10' Table (+330) WF27WCLTCB10CVD-CS""","","Backyard Bash Cross Legged Picnic Table w/ Detached Benches","Backyard Bash Cross Legged Picnic Table w/ Detached Benches","Red Cedar 27"" Wide 4' Backyard Bash Cross Legged Picnic Table w/ Detached Benches","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","4', 5' & 6' - UPS
    8' & 10' - Truck Freight","4', 5', 6' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (2) Benches
    8', 10' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (4) Benches (2 for each side of the table)","Weight","Table:
    27""W x 30""H
    Tabletop:
    1.375"" Thick
    Table Legs:
    25""W
    Bench:
    14""W x 18""H
    Bench Legs:
    18""W
    Supports:
    3.5"" Thick
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs","Dimensions","Table:
    27""W x 30""H
    Tabletop:
    1.375"" Thick
    Table Legs:
    25""W
    Bench:
    24""D x 34""H
    Bench Seating:
    14""D x 18""H
    Bench Legs:
    18""W
    Bench Back: 16.5""H Supports: 3.5"" Thick","Set Configuration","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company. Special Note: The 8' & 10' version of this item will ship via Long Haul Truck. An appointment is required to delivery truck shipments. The carrier will call you when the shipment has arrived at your local distribution center to schedule that appointment. As when your order ships via UPS or FedEx, you will be provided the carrier and PRO # associated with your shipment. The phone number given to us on your order will be the number used to schedule that appointment.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","2-cedar-countryside-garden-bench cedar-adirondack-chaise-lounge cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Our beautiful 27"" Backyard Bash Cross Legged Picnic Table with Detached Benches will be a spectacular addition to your porch, patio, deck, backyard, or gazebo. Crafted from 100% red cedar, which possesses an abundance of natural oils that make it resistant to insects, warping, and decay, it's one of the most durable wood picnic tables available. With its attractive cross-legged design, it's also one of the most stylish. Finished with rounded and sanded edges.
    Set Includes: Table & (2) Benches","","","","","","","","","","","none" "barstool","LL-B51A","B51A","B51A","86.25","152.95","219","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""18in. Stool #B51A"" ""24in. Stool (+15) #B51B"" ""30in. Stool (+29) #B51C (Currently Out of Stock)""","","Bar Stool - 3 Height Choices","Cedar Wood Log-Style Bar Stool – 18”, 24” or 30” Tall","Bar Stool","Dimensions","18"" High Stool:
    14"" Dia x 18"" h
    24"" High Stool:
    14"" Dia x 24"" h
    30"" High Stool:
    17"" Dia x 30.5"" h
    ","Weight","18"" High Stool: 20 lbs
    24"" High Stool: 24 lbs
    30"" High Stool: 26 lbs
    ","","Hardware & Joints","Mortise & Tenon Joints
    Rust Resistant Galvanized Hardware","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","t","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","logfurniture","https://youtube.com/v/Sm48Mc_-OyY?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","CA","t","779711005115","Log Bar Stools in Choice of 3 Heights Inside at your breakfast bar or outside at your outdoors pool or patio bar, the Cedar Wood Log-Style Bar Stool from Cedarwood Furniture will provide rustic good looks, sturdy stability and dependable durability. Available in your choice of 18"", 24"" or 30"" heights, these stools boast the sturdy log construction of premium Northern white cedar that stays cool even under hot sun and resists weather and bugs.
    It's normal for all cedar log furniture to endure the natural process of checking as the wood "seasons". Checking occurs as a wooden log releases moisture across or through the annual growth rings. It does not affect the structural performance or integrity of the wood. All logs which contain the heart of the tree will develop lengthwise cracks or checks. The check never goes deeper than the heart.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","chairs" "bedroom-bed-frames","bedroom-bed-frames","","","","","","","","Bed Frames","Cedar Wood Log-Style Bed Frames and Futon Frames","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","
    Made of pure Northern white cedar, the cedar wood log-style bed and futon frames available from Cedarwood Furniture will add a breath of fresh air to your home, whether you live in a rural area or just want to add a splash of country comfort to your place in town. Besides offering great looks and comfort, these inspiring pieces one day become family heirlooms, thanks to cedar’s reputation for durability. Our cedar log bed frames are available in a variety of sizes, including twin, full, queen and king, giving you the ability to provide a comfy sleeping spot for everyone in the family. For added flexibility in your furniture setup, consider one of our cedar log futon frames. They make ideal sofas but quickly convert to sleepers for overnight guests. We also offer futon mattresses and frames in your choice of color and design that perfectly match our futon frames.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "indoor-wood-furniture-bedroom-furniture-bed-frames","","","","","","","","","Bed Frames","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "indoor-wood-furniture-bedroom-furniture","","","","","","","","","Bedroom Furniture","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bedroom-beds","bedroom-beds","","","","","","","","Bedroom Furniture","Wood Bedroom Furniture & Kids’ Bunk & Loft Beds","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","
    If you are short on space in one or more of your bedrooms or just want to add the warm and natural look of real wood to your sleeping quarters, the wood bedroom furniture and kids’ bunk, loft and trundle beds available at Cedarwood Furniture give you plenty of superlative solutions. Our huge selection of wood bed frames and accessories means you can find exactly what you want for practically any design challenge or space. Our cedar log bed frames will add a rustic note to your home. In addition to sturdy, strong cedar bed frames, we carry cedar log bedroom furniture that perfectly matches our cedar bed frames. Choose from cedar dressers, armoires, night tables and mirrors to fully outfit a room. For accommodating those additional guests, we also stock cedar futon frames, which can be easily converted from seating to sleeping areas. Your children will love our wood bunk, loft and trundle beds. Besides looking great, they’re fun to sleep in. These beds also have their practical side. They are great space savers, providing you with ample room to outfit your kids’ rooms with all the study areas, toys, sports and other equipment storage every growing child needs. Some beds come with drawers to provide additional storage and organization.","","","","All Bedroom Furniture","","","","","","","none" "planterbench","AQ-21-22","AQ-21-22","21-22","172","419","473.75","""Planter Sets"" ""Select One"" ""#AQ21 / 3-piece set"" ""#AQ22 / 5-piece set (+145)""","","Bench Planter w/ Free Shipping (3 & 5pc. Option)","Western Red Cedar Wood Planter|3- and 5-Piece Options","Planter Bench Set","Dimensions & Weight","3 Piece Overall
    67"" W x 18 1/2"" H x 18"" D (Seat 35""L x 17-1/4""H.)
    Bench Height
    17 1/4""
    5 Piece Overall
    67"" W x 18"" H x 67"" D
    Bench Only Dims
    15 1/2"" D x 35 1/2"" W
    Bench w/ 2 Square Planter Boxes:
    67""L x 18""W x 18-1/2""H.
    Weight
    3 Piece - 55 Lbs.
    5 Piece - 90 Lbs.","","","","Construction","Mortise & Tenon joinery
    Bench made of sturdy clear or tight knot cedar 2X4s with cleats underneath","Hardware","Zinc Plated","","All Natural Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Natural Cedar
    Can be painted or stained once you've received it.","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier's website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Some Required","","","","","","","","t","","cedar-curved-backless-bench-pair patioendtable benchseat","plantbench","","","140","","Aquila Cedar","aquila cedar","CA","t","","You can beautify your outdoor space while providing additional seating with the Western Red Cedar Wood Planter from Cedarwood Furniture. Choose from three- and five-piece options to get even more flexibility and suit practically any space. The five-piece planter with benches includes two benches and three planters, while the three-piece set includes two planters and one linking bench. Use the five-piece wooden bench planters for corners or line the benches up straight to fill a large space. For a similar bench planter see the Raised Planter Bench or return to the Bench Planters page for other Planters. (Planters not sold separately.)","","","","","2","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    BeautifulBy: ,
    I received my cedar bench planter and it is beautiful. Thanks so much.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    Exceeded ExpectationsBy: ,
    The quality of the planter bench exceeded my expectations. Great craftsmanship!
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","planters" "plantbench","plantbench","","","","","","","","Bench Planters","Cedar Wood and Redwood Planter Benches","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","

    If you want to beautify your deck, patio or backyard, and add spacious seating as well, the Cedar Wood and Redwood Planter Benches from Adams All Natural Cedar are a smart option. Each of these wonderful planter benches does double duty. A wooden bench with planters adds colorful highlights to your outdoor landscape with the pretty plants they hold. These sets also provide lots more room where family, friends and guests can sit down and enjoy casual conversation in a warm and welcoming environment. You will find a variety of wooden planters with bench systems here at CedarwoodFurniture.com, so you can find exactly the right setup to fit the outdoor space you have in mind. Most of our planter benches include two planters joined by one bench. But if you have a bigger outdoor area to fill or often entertain larger groups, we also offer options that include three planters and two benches. Available in sturdy cedar or luxurious redwood, these planter benches will stand up to the weather for a long time and provide years of enjoyment.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-adirondack-ottoman","BRW-OTTOB","OTTOB","OTTOB","248","","397","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+397)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Adirondack Ottoman - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Adirondack Ottoman","Ottoman","Dimensions","17"" H x 24"" W x 20"" D","Weight","19 Lbs","Zinc Coated","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Simple, sturdy and attractive, the Best Redwood Adirondack Ottoman from Cedarwood Furniture is the perfect match for our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair. Available in your choice of grade A or B redwood, this piece delivers durability as well as comfort and natural beauty outdoors thanks to redwood’s natural weather resistance. Backed by a five-year manufacturer’s warranty, this ottoman is available unfinished or in your choice of three handsome stains.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-patio-bench-planter-set","BRW-SPBB-MBB","SPBB-MBB","SPBB-MBB","1108","1939","2770","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""3 Piece Set"" ""5 Piece Set - As Shown (+1100)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Bench Planter Set - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Bench Planter Set – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Modular Bench","Dimensions","Each Planter
    18"" W x 18"" D x 18"" H
    Bench
    48"" W x 24"" D x 5"" H","","","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","plantbench","","","1737","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","The bench planter modular seats on this set come with screws and predrilled holes ready to fit together. Notice the nice arched contour of the planters in this set. Do you love this set but need it a different size? No problem! Give a call or email us and we can get it quoted for you. Shown with 1905 Super Deck Stain. If you want to add some seating to your redwood plant stands and redwood planters at home, the Best Redwood Bench Planter Set from Cedarwood Furniture offers a beautiful solution. Available as a three- or five-piece set, this planter-and-bench combo gives friends and family a place to sit and admire the wonderful flowers and plants you are growing outside. In addition to its natural beauty, redwood resists the elements and will last for years.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-deck-patio-pergola","BRW-DPBD","DPBD","DPBD","1652","","2643","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Overall Size"" ""Select One"" ""10' x 10'"" ""10' x 12' (+1141.50)"" ""Larger Sizes Available - Call for Quote"" ""Select Rafter Style"" ""Select One"" ""Model A"" ""Model B"" ""Model C"" ""Model D"" ""Distance btwn Rafters"" ""Select One"" ""12In (+654)"" ""18In"" ""Post Height"" ""Select One"" ""8' High Posts"" ""12' High Posts (+389)""","Finish Options Wood Grade Select Rafter Style","Best Redwood Deck & Patio Pergola - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Deck and Patio Pergola","Deck Pergola","Dimensions","10' x 10'
    10' x 12'
    Other Sizes Available - Call for Quote","Weight","10' x 10':
    @655 Lbs
    10' x 12':
    @785 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","Rafter Detail Options","4 Style Selections
    Rafter Styles","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery due to the size and weight of this item.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","arbors","","","1.6","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","If you’re looking for some exciting new deck designs or patio designs, the Best Redwood Deck and Patio Pergola from Cedarwood Furniture can add a whole new look to your home’s exterior. Available in two standard sizes as well as custom sizes, these beautiful pergolas offer a choice of four intriguing rafter styles and four attractive finish options. Perfect for patios and just about anywhere else outdoors, these pergolas boast redwood’s natural beauty and weather resistance.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-deluxe-patio-privacy-screen","BRW-PRSDEB","PRSDEB","PRSDEB","441","","661","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+661)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Deluxe Privacy Screen - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Deluxe Privacy Screen","Privacy Screen","Dimensions","64"" H x 81"" W x 4"" D","Weight","58 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","garden-trellis-and-lattice","","","1.5","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","If you’re looking for hot tub privacy or to get some protection from prying eyes when you’re with friends and family by your pool, in your yard or anywhere else outside, wooden privacy screening offers an attractive solution. Redwood privacy fences are a top choice. Available in grade A or B redwood grades and four finishes, the Best Redwood Deluxe Privacy Screen from Cedarwood Furniture measures 64” high by 81” wide. A five-year manufacturer’s warranty is included in the price. Redwood fencing is durable as well as beautiful.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-double-beach-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSMDB","CLSMDB","CLSMDB","680","","1122","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+1122)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Tables"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+336) #CUD-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Double Summer Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Double Summer Lounge Chair","Summer Lounger Double","Dimensions","30"" H x 48"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 46"" W x 72"" D","Weight","80 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","If you love relaxing in the sun, why not double your pleasure and share the joy with someone with the Best Redwood Double Summer Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture? This lovely lounger includes a sliding table and cup holder on both sides for easy access to beverages, snacks and other small items. Available in grade A or grade B redwood, this handsome piece features all this wonderful wood’s famous resistance to rot and the elements. The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on both sides.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-double-sun-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSNDB","CLSNDB","CLSNDB","680","","1122","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+1122)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Tables"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+336) #CUD-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Double Sun Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Double Sun Lounge Chair","Sun Lounger Double","Dimensions","30"" H x 48"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 46"" W x 72"" D","Weight","80 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","It’s simple math. The Best Redwood Double Sun Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture offers twice as much outdoor seating and twice as much fun in the sun as a single sun lounge chair. Available in grade A or B redwood, this double lounge chair is available with or without arms, wheels and sliding tables. The manufacturer covers these sun lounge chairs with a five-year warranty. For a matching single chaise lounge, check out our Best Redwood Single Sun Lounge Chair. The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on both sides.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-patio-furniture-factory-products","best-redwood-products","","","","","","","","Best Redwood Furniture","Best Redwood Patio and Outdoor Furniture","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Strong, durable and beautiful, redwood makes a superior material for outdoor furniture as well as for other exterior uses such as decks, ramps, bridges and more. Here at Adams All Natural Cedar, we offer an outstanding selection of Best Redwood Patio and Outdoor Furniture that gives you many ways to augment the looks and comfort of your porch, patio or yard. Made by the Best Company, this redwood patio furniture richly deserves its name. Browse our redwood outdoor furniture for sale and you will be impressed with the attractive looks and resistance to weather and insects that redwood furniture naturally provides. Most of our redwood lawn furniture is available made of grade A or grade B wood. Our Best grade B redwood outdoor furniture will deliver all the natural durability and looks of grade A redwood but will carry a few slight imperfections. Many of our customers tell us they love the individuality and unique look these tiny glitches give their redwood patio furniture. Our enormous collection of Best redwood outdoor furniture means you can find exactly what you need all in one place here at CedarwoodFurniture.com. Whether you are searching for a redwood patio table or complete redwood patio furniture sets, you will find what you are looking for. We also carry loads of other outdoor redwood pieces perfect for your garden, yard or lanai, including redwood chaise lounges, picnic tables, planter boxes and much more.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-lattice-patio-privacy-screen","BRW-PRSLAB","PRSLAB","PRSLAB","503","","755","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+755)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Lattice Privacy Screen - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Lattice Privacy Screen","Privacy Screen","Dimensions","64"" H x 81"" W x 4"" D","Weight","60 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","garden-trellis-and-lattice","","","1.5","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Perfect for keeping your outdoors life private, the Best Redwood Lattice Privacy Screen from Cedarwood Furniture combines beauty with durability. Thanks to redwood’s natural weather resistance, this outdoor lattice privacy screen is built to last. It’s covered by the manufacturer’s five-year warranty. Standing 64” tall by 81” wide, this handsome screen is available in grade A or B redwood. Order it unfinished or select one of three handsome stains.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-picnic-table-with-attached-benches","BRW-PTACHBB","PTACHBB","PTACHBB","1265","2150","2750","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' Table Set"" ""5' Table Set (+160)"" ""6' Table Set (+382)"" ""7' Table Set (+493)"" ""8' Table Set (+806)"" ""Select Corner Style"" ""Select One"" ""Square"" ""Round Three Quarter Radius"" ""Round One and Half Radius"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Finish Options Wood Grade Select Corner Style","Best Redwood Picnic Table w/ Attached Benches - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Picnic Table with Attached Benches","Picnic Table w/Attached Benches","Dimensions","5' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x 60"" W
    6' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x72"" W
    8' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x 96"" W","Weight","5' Picnic Set:
    175 Lbs
    6' Picnic Set:
    190 Lbs
    8' Picnic Set:
    245 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","Table Corner Styles","3 Corner Selections
    Corner Styles","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","1.7","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Maximize your enjoyment of beautiful weather, family and friends, plus your home’s outdoor environment, with the Best Redwood Picnic Table with Attached Benches from Cedarwood Furniture. This beautiful, sturdy set includes everything you need for barbecues, picnics and other outdoor meals. Just add folks, beverages, food and utensils. Available sizes include 4’, 5’, 6’, 7’ and 8’, making it easy to suit your space and the number of diners you plan to serve.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-patio-planter-box","BRW-SPBB","SPBB","SPBB","346","","570","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""12 x 12 x 24"" ""12 x 12 x 36 (+283)"" ""12 x 12 x 48 (+569)"" ""30 x 30 x 30 (+356)"" ""Other Sizes Available - Call for Quote"" ""Select Slat Width"" ""Select One"" ""4 In Boards"" ""6 In Boards"" ""Finishing Question"" ""Select One"" ""Apply Stain to Outside Only"" ""Apply Stain to Out & Inside Planter""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Planter Box - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Planter Box – Many Sizes","Solid Planter Box","Dimensions","12"" x 12"" x 24""
    12"" x 12"" x 36""
    12"" x 12"" x 48""
    30"" x 30"" x 30""
    Other Sizes Available - Call for Quote","Weight","12"" x 12"" x 24""
    23 Lbs 12"" x 12"" x 36""
    33 Lbs 12"" x 12"" x 48""
    44 Lbs 30"" x 30"" x 30""
    64 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","plantingbox","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Sturdy, beautiful and weather resistant, the Best Redwood Planter Box from Cedarwood Furniture offers a wonderful way to grow and display flowers, vegetables and other plants outside your home. Cedarwood Furniture carries redwood outdoor planters large and small, making it easy to suit your space and gardening needs. Besides carrying many standard sizes, we have custom sizes available. Just call us toll-free for a quote.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-single-beach-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSMSB","CLSMSB","CLSMSB","481","","793","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+793)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Table"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, On Right Side"" ""Yes, On Left Side"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+234) #CUS-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Single Summer Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Single Summer Lounge Chair","Summer Lounger Single","Dimensions","30"" H x 24"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 24"" W x 72"" D","Weight","30 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on either the right or left side. Select your preference above. For the best rest outdoors, look no further than the Best Redwood Single Summer Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture. This luxurious lounger is available with a sliding table and cup holder on either side, providing easy access to snacks, beverages and other small items. Choose from grade A or B redwood available unfinished or stained. Other options include wheels for easy mobility and a Sunbrella cushion for extra comfort. Enjoy this chaise lounge on its own or team it up with a redwood lawn chair like our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-single-sun-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSNSB","CLSNSB","CLSNSB","481","","793","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+793)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Table"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, On Right Side"" ""Yes, On Left Side"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+234) #CUS-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Single Sun Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Single Sun Lounge Chair","Sun Lounger Single","Dimensions","30"" H x 24"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 24"" W x 72"" D","Weight","30 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Renowned for its beauty and weather resistance, redwood patio furniture makes a smart choice for enjoying your home’s outdoor environment. The Best Redwood Single Sun Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture is a perfect example. Backed by the manufacturer’s five-year warranty, this redwood lounge chair offers superior comfort as well as durability. It’s available in grade A or B redwood with or without arms and a side table for holding drinks and snacks. Other options include wheels, a Sunbrella cushion and stainless-steel hardware. The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on either the right or left side. Select your preference above.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-solid-park-backless-bench","BRW-SBB","SBB","SBB","182","291","395","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""2' Bench"" ""3' Bench (+144)"" ""4' Bench (+289)"" ""5' Bench (+371)"" ""6' Bench (+518)"" ""7' Bench (+655)"" ""8' Bench (+754)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Solid Backless Park Bench - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Solid Backless Park Bench","Solid Bench","Dimensions","3' Bench:
    17"" H x 36"" W x 11"" D
    4' Bench:
    17"" H x 48"" W x 11"" D
    5' Bench:
    17"" H x 60"" W x 11"" D","Weight","3' Bench:
    49 Lbs
    4' Bench:
    65 Lbs
    5' Bench:
    81 Lbs
    ","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-backless-benches","","","1.6","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","There are many good uses for a solid wood bench: architectural design, garden accent or a practical place to seat extra guests or just a few. The Best Redwood Solid Backless Park Bench can serve these and many more with particular panache. Available in seven sizes at Cedarwood Furniture, these backless park benches give you all of redwood’s natural beauty and weather resistance. Enjoy these benches on their own or use them with a table like our Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-solid-picnic-table-bench","BRW-PBB","PBB","PBB","146","255","381","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""2' Bench"" ""3' Bench (+126)"" ""4' Bench (+253)"" ""5' Bench (+296)"" ""6' Bench (+453)"" ""7' Bench (+581)"" ""8' Bench (+659)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Solid Picnic Table Bench - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Solid Picnic Table Bench","Picnic Bench","Dimensions","3' Bench:
    17"" H x 36"" W x 11"" D
    4' Bench:
    17"" H x 48"" W x 11"" D
    5' Bench:
    17"" H x 60"" W x 11"" D
    6' Bench:
    17"" H x 72"" W x 11"" D
    8' Bench:
    17"" H x 96"" W x 11"" D","Weight","3' Bench:
    49 Lbs
    4' Bench:
    65 Lbs
    5' Bench:
    81 Lbs
    6' Bench:
    97 Lbs
    8' Bench:
    113 Lbs
    ","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-backless-benches","","","1.75","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Above bench shown in the 3' length. The Best Redwood Solid Picnic Table Bench from Cedarwood Furniture is perfect for making a complete set for a redwood picnic table and benches. Use it with a matching table like our Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table. This sturdy, handsome bench offers plenty of other uses. Place it in a garden for quiet contemplation or on a patio or porch for accommodating extra guests. It’s available in 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’ or 8’ sizes, making it easy to suit your requirements.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-summer-adirondack-chair","BRW-ADCHB","ADCHB","ADCHB","801","","1281","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Chair Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+1281)"" ""Add Ottoman"" ""Select to Order Ottoman"" ""Yes (+397) #OTTOB"" ""Ottoman Wood Grade"" ""Select if Ordering Ottoman"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+397)""","Finish Options Chair Wood Grade Ottoman Wood Grade","Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair","Adionrdack Chair","Dimensions","41"" H x 36"" W x 43"" D","Weight","45 Lbs","Zinc Coated","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","all-adams-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","If you’re going to buy something, why not get the best? Investing in quality always pays off. The Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair from Cedarwood Furniture lives up to its name. Available in grade B or grade A redwood, this chair offers the natural beauty, sturdiness and weather resistance this wonderful wood is known for. The chair is available unfinished or with three beautiful finishes. For keeping drinks, snacks and other small items close at hand, team it up with a matching piece like our Best Redwood Summer Side Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-beach-side-table","BRW-STSMB","STSMB","STSMB","119","196","237","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+196)"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+25)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Summer Side Table - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Summer Side Table – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Summer Side Table","Dimensions","18"" H x 20"" W 20"" D","Weight","15 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","endtables","","","","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","As sturdy as it is handsome, the Best Redwood Summer Side Table from Cedarwood Furniture makes a perfect companion for seating like our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair. The tabletop measures 20” square and provides a handy place to set down drinks, phones and other small items. Backed by the manufacturer’s five-year warranty, this table boasts redwood’s natural weather resistance and is built to last.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-sun-side-table","BRW-STSNB","STSNB","STSNB","119","196","237","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+196)"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+25)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Sun Side Table - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Sun Side Table – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Sun Side Table","Dimensions","18"" H x 20"" W 20"" D","Weight","16 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","endtables","","","","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","The aptly named Best Redwood Sun Side Table from Cedarwood Furniture will provide you, your family and friends sunnier times outdoors. Its 20” square tabletop provides ample room for drinks, snacks and other items you want within easy reach. Redwood construction means it will naturally resist the weather while looking beautiful. Use it to accompany seating like our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-traditional-picnic-table-only","BRW-PTAB","PTAB","PTAB","828","1324","1800","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' Table"" ""5' Table (+119)"" ""6' Table (+235)"" ""7' Table (+323)"" ""8' Table (+515)"" ""Select Corner Style"" ""Select One"" ""Square"" ""Round Three Quarter Radius"" ""Round One and Half Radius"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Finish Options Wood Grade Select Corner Style","Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table Only - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table","Picnic Table Alone","Dimensions","5' Table:
    30.5"" H x 33"" D x 60"" W
    6' Table:
    30.5"" H x 33"" D x 72"" W
    8' Table:
    30.5"" H x 33"" D x 696"" W","Weight","5' Table:
    60 Lbs
    6' Table:
    70 Lbs
    8' Table:
    150 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","Table Corner Styles","3 Corner Selections
    Corner Styles","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-picnic-tables","","","1.6","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Perfect for barbecues, picnics or simple enjoyment of the outdoors when the weather’s fine, the Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table from Cedarwood Furniture can also serve as a redwood patio table and for many other uses. This redwood picnic table looks great and naturally stands up to the weather. Easy-to-follow redwood table plans are included for assembly. For matching seating, consider our Best Redwood Solid Picnic Table Bench.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-traditional-picnic-table-set","BRW-PTDCHBB","PTDCHBB","PTDCHBB","1265","2150","2750","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' Table Set"" ""5' Table Set (+160)"" ""6' Table Set (+382)"" ""7' Table Set (+493)"" ""8' Table Set (+806)"" ""Select Corner Style"" ""Select One"" ""Square"" ""Round Three Quarter Radius"" ""Round One and Half Radius"" ""Add Umbrella Hole"" ""No"" ""Yes""","Finish Options Wood Grade Select Corner Style","Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table Set - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table Set","Picnic Table Separate Benches","Dimensions","5' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x 60"" W
    6' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x72"" W
    8' Picnic Set:
    30.5"" H x 54"" D x 96"" W","Weight","5' Picnic Set:
    175 Lbs
    6' Picnic Set:
    190 Lbs
    8' Picnic Set:
    245 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","Table Corner Styles","3 Corner Selections
    Corner Styles","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","1.7","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","When shopping for lawn furniture, redwood makes a smart choice. It’s naturally beautiful and weather resistant. Whether you’re thinking about replacing a vintage redwood table or are simply looking for a great place to enjoy outdoor meals, the Best Redwood Traditional Picnic Table Set from Cedarwood Furniture offers all of redwood’s natural benefits. Available in three sizes, the set includes two benches and one picnic table. Redwood price depends on whether you select grade A or B wood.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-wide-beach-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSMWB","CLSMWB","CLSMWB","615","","1014","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+1014)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Tables"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+294) #CUW-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Wide Summer Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Wide Summer Lounge Chair","Summer Lounger Wide","Dimensions","30"" H x 36"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 36"" W x 72"" D","Weight","55 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Perfect for relaxing by the pool, on the patio or just about anywhere else outdoors, the Best Redwood Wide Summer Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture offers spacious style. Measuring 36” wide, this chaise lounge is available with or without arms and sliding tables on both sides. Additional options include wheels for easy mobility and stainless-steel hardware for durability. The manufacturer backs this lovely piece with a five-year warranty. For matching seating, add our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair. The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on both sides.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-wide-sun-patio-lounge-chair","BRW-CLSNWB","CLSNWB","CLSNWB","615","","1014","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (+1014)"" ""Arm Style"" ""Select One"" ""Armless"" ""Include Arms"" ""Include Sliding Tables"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Include Wheels"" ""No, Thanks"" ""Yes, Please"" ""Add Sunbrella Sky Blue Cushion"" ""No"" ""Yes (+294) #CUW-SUF5424"" ""Hardware"" ""Select One"" ""Iron Screws"" ""Stainless Steel Screws (+45)""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Wide Sun Lounge Chair - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Wide Sun Lounge Chair","Sun Lounger Wide","Dimensions","30"" H x 36"" W x 72"" D Optional Cushion Size
    4"" H x 36"" W x 72"" D","Weight","55 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws
    Optional Stainless Steel Hardware","Cushion Fabric Options","Canvas Sky Blue
    Sunbrella Swatch","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Measuring a generous 3 feet across, the Best Redwood Wide Sun Lounge Chair from Cedarwood Furniture gives serious sun worshippers lots of room to spread out and soak up some rays. It’s made of beautiful, weather-resistant redwood available in your choice of grades A or B. Other options include sliding tables with cup holders on both sides, arms, wheels, a Sunbrella cushion and stainless-steel hardware. For matching seating, consider our Best Redwood Summer Adirondack Chair. The sliding table/cup holder on this chaise lounge will be included on both sides.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "best-redwood-window-planter","BRW-WPBB","WPBB","WPBB","201","","331","""Finish Options"" ""Select One"" ""Unfinished"" ""Mahogany Stain (#1910-M)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1905)"" ""Super Deck Stain (1910)"" ""Wood Grade"" ""Select One"" ""Grade B"" ""Grade A (Call for Quote)"" ""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""8.5 x 8.5 x 24"" ""8.5 x 8.5 x 36 (+6)"" ""8.5 x 8.5 x 48 (+16)"" ""Select Slat Width"" ""Select One"" ""4 In Boards"" ""6 In Boards"" ""Finishing Question"" ""Select One"" ""Apply Stain to Outside Only"" ""Apply Stain to Out & Inside Planter""","Finish Options Wood Grade","Best Redwood Window Planter - Currently Unavailable","Best Redwood Window Planter – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Window Planter Box","Dimensions","8.5"" x 8.5"" x 24""
    8.5"" x 8.5"" x 36""
    8.5"" x 8.5"" x 48""
    Other Sizes Available - Call for Quote","Weight","8.5"" x 8.5"" x 24""
    5 Lbs 8.5"" x 8.5"" x 36""
    9 Lbs 8.5"" x 8.5"" x 48""
    21 Lbs","Iron Bolts & Screws","","","Warranty","5 Year under Normal Conditions","Hardware","Grade B Redwood
    Optional Grade A Upgrade
    See Wood Grade Options","Select From
    Finish Options","","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Assembly Required","","","","","","","","t","","","windowboxes","","","1.65","","Best Redwood","best redwood","","t","","Add a splash of color to your home’s exterior and grow some beautiful flowers in the Best Redwood Window Planter from Cedarwood Furniture. We carry these handsome, sturdy redwood planters in three sizes, making it easy to find just the right one for your home. You can go with grade B redwood or upgrade to grade A heartwood by calling for a quote. Both are naturally beautiful and resistant to the weather.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bh08-cedar-birdhouse-atc","ATC-BH05","BH05","BH05","14","43","45","","","BH05 Birdhouse Kit","Cedar Wood Small Birdhouse Kit with Front Door – BHO5","BH05 Cedar Birdhouse","Dimensions","8"" W x 6"" D x 7"" H","Weight","2 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","","t","bh09-cedar-birdhouse-atc cedar-hexagon-bird-feeder","birdhouse","","","22","3","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088002046","This item is a kit. All boards come cut and sanded. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Beautiful small birds will flock to your yard when you welcome them with the BH08 Small Birdhouse Kit with Front Door from Cedarwood Furniture. This kit comes with everything you need for easy assembly. The natural look of its Western red cedar blends in beautifully with the outdoors, while cedar’s oils protect this 7” x 8” x 5” birdhouse from the weather and insects. A pivoting front door makes it easy to refill this birdhouse with bird feed.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "birdhouse","birdhouse","","","","","","","","Birdhouses","Birdhouses","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","

    Cedar Birdhouses....so unexpected. Many use the qualities of cedar in storage either outside or in their closets to repel bugs. But we never consider allowing nature around us to benefit from those same qualities. Using birdhouses made from aromatic western red cedar not only provides a home for those beautiful creatures who make us bright and happy in the summer with their colors and songs, but cedar can also allow their houses to last for years and years.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "40in-black-firewood-hoop","MBB-W1881","W1881","W1881","33","68.36","72.95","","","Black 40"" Diameter Log Firewood Rack Hoop","Black 40"" Diameter Log Firewood Rack Hoop","","Dimensions","43"" H x 40"" W","","","","","","","","","","","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","Minimal","","","1 Year Limited Factory Warranty","","","","","","t","24in-black-firewood-rack-hoop 32inch-wide-oil-rubbed-bronze-firebowl 21-6inch-wide-aged-bronze-firebowl-with-leaf-design","firewoodracks","","","15","9","Blue Rhino","blue-rhino","","t","728649201687","Keep your firewood neatly stacked in this 40""; firewood hoop. Two straight steel beams support the hoop to keep your wood dry and off the ground. Simply stack your firewood inside the powder coated steel hoop for a convenient, attractive storage rack and display. Your firewood will always be ready when you need it for your fireplace or outdoor fire pit.

    For a more traditional firewood rack consider one of our other Firewood Racks.

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "bh12-blujay-birdhouse","ATC-BH12","BH12","BH12","20","56","63","","","Bluebird Birdhouse Kit","Attract color and life to your yard with the Western Red Cedar Wood Blue-Bird Birdhouse Kit available with fast shipping to your home from Cedarwood Furniture.","BH12 Bluebird Birdhouse","Dimensions","6"" W x 8"" D x 12"" H","Weight","3 lbs","Openable Front Door for Easy Access to Clean","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","Special Feature","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","","t","bh05-cedar-birdhouse-atc bh08-cedar-birdhouse-atc bh09-cedar-birdhouse-atc","birdhouse","","","25","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088002060","This item is a kit. All boards come cut and sanded. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Attract a pair of noisy, beautiful and fun blue birds to your yard with the Western Red Cedar Wood Blue-Bird Birdhouse Kit from Cedarwood Furniture. Pretty soon you will have more than a couple of these beautiful birds in your outdoor environment. Made in Canada, this DIY kit includes everything you will need for easy assembly.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "boot-fresh-inserts","WL-83002","83002","83002","9","","14.95","""Select Amount"" ""Select One"" ""One Set - 83002"" ""Two Sets - (+14) #(2)83002""","","Boot Fresh Inserts - One Pair","Boot Fresh Inserts - One Pair","","Weight","2 Lbs.","Special Features","Helps keep boot shafts crease free","To Rejuvenate the aromatic smell, simply apply a light sanding with a fine grit sandpaper.","Dimensions","14""H x 4.5""W x 4""D","Sizing","One size fits all.","Maintenance","Aromatic Eastern Red Cedar
    Sustainably Harvested","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 4-7 business days","","","None Required","","","","","","","","","t","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/7s2m-Rj_sxo?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Woodlore","woodlore","US","t","0 24817 83002 5","The Boot Fresh Inserts keep boot shafts crease-free. The inserts absorb moisture and neutralize odors. They are filled with 100% natural aromatic cedar chips and have no artificial perfumes or scents.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","Butte-Collection","","","","","","","","Butte Collection","Butte Collection|American Made Rough-Sawn Furniture","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Adams All Natural Furniture’s Butte Collection features beautiful rough sawn pieces accented with traditional copper inlay. Each copper inlay piece is unique, creating a style that cannot be replicated. Available in various finishes, you can pair the finish you prefer with an inlay design indicative of true natural beauty. Don't see the exact piece of furniture of your heart's desire? Let us know and we'll be able to create just the piece for you. You can purchase the entire Butte bedroom set or a single piece to complete your personal space. Don’t be fooled by other brands claiming to offer the same level of craftsmanship. Only Adams All Natural Furniture provides quality and style within each durable design of the Butte Collection. Our rough sawn Butte Collection bedroom pieces offer a one-of-a-kind style that cannot be found anywhere else. Our focus is providing a collection that brings the natural wood design with a natural metallic accent, which is found on each and every Butte Collection piece. For vibrant natural color, paired with natural wood furniture, you don’t have to look further than Adams All Natural Furniture’s Butte Collection.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-3-drawer-chest-with-copper-inlay","LL-092200-CM","092200-CM","092200-CM","489","1011.32","1272.5","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (2) Lower Drawer Fronts (+70)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 3 Drawer Chest","Butte Collection Three Drawer Chest - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 3 Drawer Chest","Dimensions","35""W x 20""D x 39""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","Suppose you are looking for something a little larger than a nightstand, but smaller than a dresser. In that case, the Butte Collection has your solution. The Three Drawer Chest features the same top drawer copper inlay that is displayed by the black trim. You can add additional inserts during purchase. Made from rough sawn distressed pine timber, your chest of drawers can be customized in one of the finishes available through Adams All Natural Furniture. This piece is delivered to your home’s curbside, fully assembled. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-3-drawer-nightstand-with-copper-inlay","LL-092093-CM","092093-CM","092093-CM","365","745.28","937.5","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (2) Lower Drawer Fronts (+70)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 3 Drawer Nightstand","Butte Collection Three Drawer Nightstand - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 3 Drawer Nightstand","Dimensions","22""W x 20""D x 28""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","""The Butte Collection Three Drawer Nightstand is constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber. There are three drawers, with one copper inlay insert standard, prominently displayed by the black trim. Want the other two drawers to include the copper inlay? You can make this customization when you purchase this piece. Also available in one of a variety of Adams All Natural Furniture finishes, this nightstand is sure to fit nicely next to the single or triple panel Butte Collection bed. This piece comes fully assembled and is delivered to your home curbside. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-4-drawer-chest-with-copper-inlay","LL-092130-CM","092130-CM","092130-CM","554","1139.62","1435","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (3) Lower Drawer Fronts (+105)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 4 Drawer Chest","Butte Collection Four Drawer Chest - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 4 Drawer Chest","Dimensions","35""W x 20""D x 49""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","Constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber, the Butte Collection’s Four Drawer Chest with copper inlay features a top drawer insert trimmed in black. You can choose from several finishes available to accent the natural look of the wood used in the construction of the chest. Want to see more of the copper inlay? You can customize your Four Drawer Chest to include three extra inlay pieces for a total of four. This piece is made durable and is delivered fully assembled curbside. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-5-drawer-chest-with-copper-inlay","LL-092150-CM","092150-CM","092150-CM","644","1318.87","1660","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (4) Lower Drawer Fronts (+140)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 5 Drawer Chest","Butte Collection Five Drawer Chest - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 5 Drawer chest","Dimensions","35""W x 20""D x 60""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection’s Five Drawer Chest offers drawer space without sacrificing your floor space. Built vertically, this chest features a top drawer copper inlay with black trim on all drawers. Customization is available for this piece – choose from various finishes and the option to add additional copper inlay inserts. This chest of drawers is built with durability in mind, featuring rough sawn distressed pine timber. We ship this piece fully assembled for your convenience. Pair this piece with the single or triple panel bed to experience the full Butte Collection experience. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-5-drawer-lingerie-chest-with-copper-inlay","LL-092170-CM","092170-CM","092170-CM","644","1318.87","1660","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (4) Lower Drawer Fronts (+140)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 5 Drawer Lingerie Chest","Butte Collection Five Drawer Lingerie Chest - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 5 Drawer Lingerie Chest","Dimensions","25""W x 20""D x 57""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection's Five Drawer Lingerie Chest is perfect for your smaller items like scarves. The piece comes standard with one copper inlay insert in the top drawer. Still, the option to upgrade the other four drawers is available. For a cohesive look, we offer a variety of stains for tying together your bedroom's look. Constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber, the Five Drawer Lingerie Chest is built to last and shipped to your curb fully assembled. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-6-drawer-dresser-with-copper-inlay","LL-092230-CM","092230-CM","092230-CM","761","1571.7","1977.5","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (4) Lower Drawer Fronts (+140)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 6 Drawer Dresser","Butte Collection Six Drawer Dresser - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 6 Drawer Dresser","Dimensions","64.5""W x 20""D x 38""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","Adams All Natural Furniture provides you with a traditional six-drawer dresser with all the charm of the Butte Collection. The Six Drawer Dresser features two copper inlay inserts and the option to add the inlay to the remaining four drawers. Finish your rough sawn distressed pine timber piece in one of the various stains available to create a look that flows among your Butte Collection pieces. We offer curbside delivery for this fully assembled selection. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-7-drawer-dresser-with-copper-inlay","LL-092250-CM","092250-CM","092250-CM","790","1609.43","2025","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (4) Lower Drawer Fronts (+140)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 7 Drawer Dresser","Butte Collection Seven Drawer Dresser - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 7 Drawer Dresser","Dimensions","64.5""W x 20""D x 36""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection’s Seven Drawer Dresser brings you the charm of a four-drawer chest with three drawers resembling a lingerie chest. All three of the smaller drawers feature the copper inlay indicative of the collection. The piece is constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber. Choose our customization options, add copper inlay to the four larger drawers, and enhance the beautiful wood with our available finishes. We ship this dresser to you fully assembled so that you can use it immediately. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-9-drawer-dresser-with-copper-inlay","LL-092290-CM","092290-CM","092290-CM","920","1866.04","2350","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (6) Lower Drawer Fronts (+210)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn 9 Drawer Dresser","Butte Collection Nine Drawer Dresser - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 9 Drawer Dresser","Dimensions","64.5""W x 20""D x 48.5""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","Butte-Rough-Sawn-Over-Dresser-Mirror","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","If seven drawers are not enough, the Butte Collection has a Nine Drawer Dresser that is sure to fit your clothing storage needs. Standard with three copper inlay inserts, you have the option to add them to the six remaining drawers. This dresser is made from the same rough sawn distressed pine wood found throughout the collection. It can be finished in one of our available stains to enhance the look. Delivery for this piece is done curbside and fully assembled for your convenience. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-armoire-with-copper-inlay","LL-092332-CM","092332-CM","092332-CM","1040","2145.28","2700","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Select Hinge Placement"" ""Select One"" ""Hinge on Right Side of Unit"" ""Hinge on Left Side of Unit""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Bedroom Storage Armoire","Butte Collection Armoire - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 2 Drawer Armoire","Dimensions","44.5""W x 20""D x 78""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer & Door Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    ","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection Armoire is the perfect addition to any room that needs additional storage space. The armoire features the same copper inlay inserts in the cabinet doors with the option to add them to the two lower drawers. You can use this piece to store seasonal clothing or extra blankets. The choice is yours. The beautiful rough sawn distressed pine timber can be finished in any of the Adams All Natural Furniture stains to bring your entire collection together. Your new armoire ships fully assembled and will be delivered to your home’s curbside. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnableArmoire comes standard with (2) shelves for the inside of the upper part behind the doors. Options above to add a 3rd shelf.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-bedroom-suite-with-dresser-set-with-copper-inlay","LL-091832-CM-092583-CM-092332-CM-2-092038-CM","091832-CM-092583-CM-092332-CM-2-092038-CM","091832-CM-092583-CM-092332-CM-2-092038-CM","2656","6075.47","7875","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Under Bed Drawers"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Add (1) Bank of 3 Under Bed Drawers (+500) #241105"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (4) Lower Drawer & (2) Lower Door Fronts (+210)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Bedroom Suite with Dresser","Butte Collection Bedroom Suite with Dresser - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Rough Sawn Bedroom Suite with Dresser","Dimensions","Queen Bed Dimension:
    67.5""W x 94""D x 60""H
    Footboard Height: 35""
    Overall Height of Bed will increase by 5"" if Underbed Drawers are Ordered.
    ***Fits Standard Mattress sizes with 1 1/2"" room for bedding.***
    Side Table Dimension:
    22""W x 20""D x 28""H
    Mirror Size:
    55 1/8""W x 2""D x 44 1/8""H
    Chest of Drawers Size:
    64.5""W x 20""D x 38""","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Bed Panels, Drawer Fronts & Top of Mirror feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining door& drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    The Dresser top & Bedside Table tops are constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the tops are not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides of the Dresser & Night Stands. Back of Mirror & Bed comes unfinished.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","All ships full assembled but the bed which will require minor assembly.","t","Bed Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","Can’t decide on just one piece or want to buy the whole collection? Well, you are in luck with the Butte Collection’s Bedroom Suite with Desser set. This set comes to you featuring the Butte Collection’s queen-sized single panel bed, two enclosed nightstands, a six-drawer dresser, and the over dresser mirror with horizontal orientation. You can customize this set with under the bed drawers and additional copper inlay inserts. Choose the finish that you like the most for all of your new bedroom pieces. Your new bedroom suite will be shipped to your home’s curbside for your convenience. Some assembly may be required. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable Set Includes: (1) Butte Collection Queen Size 1-Panel Bed, (2) Butte Enclosed Nightstands, (1) Butte 6-Drawer Dresser & (1) Butte 44"" x 55"" Horizontal Over Dresser Mirror. Beds are photographed with a low profile box spring.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-dresser-mirror-combo-set-with-copper-inlay","LL-092583-CM-092332-CM","092583-CM-092332-CM","092583-CM-092332-CM","1176","2830.19","3787.5","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to (2) Lower Drawer Fronts (+70)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Dresser & Mirror Combo","Butte Collection Dresser and Mirror Combo Set - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Rough Sawn Dresser & Mirror Combo","Dimensions","Mirror Size:
    55 1/8""W x 2""D x 44 1/8""H
    Chest of Drawers Size:
    64.5""W x 20""D x 38""","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to remaining drawer fronts.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides of the Dresser. Back of Mirror comes unfinished.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection’s Six Drawer Dresser paired with a horizontally oriented Over Dresser Mirror is the perfect combination for any bedroom. Choose from one of Adams All Natural Furniture’s available finishes to create a cohesive look to your bedroom furniture. Both pieces are constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber, providing strength and durability to the pieces. You also have the option to add the additional copper inlay inserts to the dresser, creating a complete look from top to bottom. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable Set Includes: (1) Butte Collection 6-Drawer Dresser & (1) 44"" x 55"" Butte Horizontal Over Dresser Mirror.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-enclosed-nightstand-with-copper-inlay","LL-092038-CM","092038-CM","092038-CM","360","733.96","925","""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Additional Copper Insert"" ""No, Thank you"" ""Yes, Add to Door Front (+35)"" ""Select Hinge Placement"" ""Select One"" ""Hinge on Right Side of Unit"" ""Hinge on Left Side of Unit""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Enclosed Nightstand","Butte Collection Enclosed Nightstand - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay 1 Door ! Drawer Nightstand","Dimensions","22""W x 20""D x 28""H","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Drawer & Door Fronts feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.) (Option to add inlay to door front.)
    ","Full Extension, Ball-Bearing, Adjustable Drawer Glides - Smooth Gliding & Rated for 125 Lbs of drawer weight.
    Solid Pine drawer boxes with glued & screwed joints. The quality of this construction made dovetail joints not necessary!
    Top is constructed with tongue & groove and framed by an outer band that also tongue & groove construction.
    Because of the nature of wood used, the top is not completely flat.","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","Construction Details","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Finish is applied to the Top, Front & Sides only.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","For storage next to your bed, the Butte Collection’s Enclosed Nightstand features the copper inlay insert on the top drawer. You can also add an additional copper insert in the enclosed cabinet door and choose which side the hinge needs to be placed. The nightstand features the same rough sawn distressed pine timber found within the entire collection. You can choose from the variety of finishes available from Adams All Natural Furniture to complement your existing bedroom décor. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-over-dresser-mirror-with-copper-inlay","LL-092583-CM","092583-CM","092583-CM","325","684.91","862.5","""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""30 x 40"" ""30 x 46 (+35)"" ""30 x 52 (+67)"" ""36 x 52 (+100)"" ""44 x 55 (+135)"" ""Select Orientation"" ""Select One"" ""Horizontal Mirror"" ""Vertical Mirror"" ""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Over Dresser Mirror","Butte Collection Over Dresser Mirror - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay Fancy Mirror","Dimensions","40 x 30 Mirror:
    40 1/8""W x 2""D x 30 1/8""H
    46 x 30 Mirror:
    46 1/8""W x 2""D x 30 1/8""H
    52 x 30 Mirror:
    52 1/8""W x 2""D x 30 1/8""H
    52 x 36 Mirror:
    52 1/8""W x 2""D x 36 1/8""H
    55 x 44 Mirror:
    55 1/8""W x 2""D x 44 1/8""H
    ****Above dimensions indicate horizontal mirror orientation. Mirrors can be ordered Vertical as well. Pricing and dimensions don't change......just the width and height are reversed.***","Decorative Details","Corner Accent & Handles made of a heavy duty hammered iron
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.)","","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Back of Mirror comes unfinished.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","t","t","Ships Fully Assembled","","","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The perfect companion to any of the Butte Collection’s dressers or chest of drawers is the Over Dresser Mirror. A prominent copper inlay insert is located at the top of the mirror with the same black trim indicative of the entire collection. Made from rough sawn distressed pine timber, you can choose from various finishes available from Adams All Natural Furniture to complete this piece. The Over Dresser Mirror comes in miscellaneous sizes and can be oriented vertically or horizontally, whichever suits your needs. The mirror ships fully assembled to your home’s curbside, ready to be paired with your other pieces. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-single-panel-bed-with-copper-inlay","LL-091732-CM","091732-CM","091732-CM","760","1609.43","2025","""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""Queen"" ""King (+247) (#091733-CM)"" ""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Under Bed Drawers"" ""Select to Add Under Bed Drawers"" ""Add Bank of 2 Under Bed Drawers for One Side (+500) #241105"" ""Add Banks of 2 Under Bed Drawers for Both Sides(+1000) #2-241105"" ""Add Bank of 3 Under Bed Drawers for One Side (+500) #241105"" ""Add Banks of 3 Under Bed Drawers for Both Sides(+1000) #2-241105""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Single Panel Bed - Not Currently Available","Butte Collection Single Panel Bed - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay Single Panel Bed","Dimensions","Queen Bed Size:
    67.5""W x 94""D x 60""H
    Footboard Height: 35""
    Overall Height of Bed will increase by 5"" if Underbed Drawers are Ordered.
    King Bed Size:
    83.5""W x 94""D x 60""H
    Footboard Height: 35""
    Overall Height of Bed will increase by 5"" if Underbed Drawers are Ordered.
    ***Fits Standard Mattress sizes with 1 1/2"" room for bedding.***","Decorative Details","Headboard & Footboard feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.)","","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Back of Headboard comes unfinished.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","t","t","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection Single Panel Bed from Adams All Natural Furniture is available in queen and king sizes, with the option of adding under the bed drawers. The bank of drawers adds five inches to the height of the bed. The head and footboards feature the Butte Collection’s distinct copper inlay in a single panel on each end. Outlined in black trim, the inlay is prominently on display. You have a variety of finishes to choose from, allowing you to make this bed your own. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable You Will Receive: Headboard, Footboard, Side Rails & Support Slats. Beds are photographed with a low profile box spring.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "butte-rough-cut-triple-panel-bed-with-copper-inlay","LL-091832-CM","091832-CM","091832-CM","845","1777.36","2237.5","""Select Size"" ""Select One"" ""Queen"" ""King (+247) (#091833-CM)"" ""Select Finish"" ""Select One"" ""Honey Amber (#HA)"" ""American Chestnut (#AC)"" ""Weathered Gray (#WG)"" ""Driftwood White (#DW)"" ""Antique Barnwood (#AB)"" ""Add Under Bed Drawers"" ""Select to Add Under Bed Drawers"" ""Add Bank of 2 Under Bed Drawers for One Side (+500) #241105"" ""Add Banks of 2 Under Bed Drawers for Both Sides(+1000) #2-241105"" ""Add Bank of 3 Under Bed Drawers for One Side (+500) #241105"" ""Add Banks of 3 Under Bed Drawers for Both Sides(+1000) #2-241105""","Select Finish","Butte Rough Sawn Triple Panel Bed","Butte Collection Triple Panel Bed - Copper Inlay","Copper Mesa Inlay Triple Panel Bed","Dimensions","Queen Bed Size:
    67.5""W x 94""D x 60""H
    Footboard Height: 35""
    Overall Height of Bed will increase by 5"" if Underbed Drawers are Ordered.
    King Bed Size:
    83.5""W x 94""D x 60""H
    Footboard Height: 35""
    ***Fits Standard Mattress sizes with 1 1/2"" room for bedding.***","Decorative Details","Headboard & Footboard feature a Black Painted Trim Piece
    Copper Inlay (Patterns & Colors vary and will not appear exactly as photographed.)","","Delivery Tip","This item is very heavy. It will be shipped via Long Haul Truck. See details about this under our ""Shipping & Delivery"" tab. We provide free curbsite delivery. Please insure manpower is available to accept & unload your furniture. Liftgates not available in all areas. Call for adivse on this if needed.","Warranty","Carries a 1 Year Factory Warranty. After that time replacement parts can be purchased.","","Rough Sawn Distressed Pine Timber","Your choise of the following finishes: Honey Amber, American Chestnut, Weathered Gray, Driftwood White or Antique Barnwood
    Images are shown in the Antique Barnwood Finish.
    Note: Back of Headboard comes unfinished.","*** Standard free shipping on this item is curb side delivery. Trucking companies will no longer go into residential driveways. It is recommended that at least two people are available for the delivery if the item is over 70 pounds.*** This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curbside delivery. If you are needing additional shipping services, that can often be arranged when you speak with the carrier just before delivery or from the driver if they have time in their schedule. We are happy to talk over your options with you if you give us a call. Please do not refuse your order if it arrives damaged. Accept the shipment from the carrier but be sure to notate on the Bill of Lading that the boxes were damaged. If you want to inspect the shipment before the driver leaves, have a box cutter handy and take a peak. They cannot leave until you have signed your paperwork. Always notate on the paperwork if there is a problem. Give us a call and we will assist in rectifying the issue. Note that the time it takes to arrive depends on many factors. Depending on where you live it can take anywhere from 2 to 8 business days for delivery by truck.","Usually Ships in 8-10 Weeks
    This item is made to order and returns are not accepted","t","t","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","","","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","t","","","butte-collection-american-made-rough-sawn-furniture","","","","","Lakeland Mills","lakeland mills","US","t","","The Butte Collection’s Triple Panel Rough Sawn Bed features three copper inlay panels, prominently displayed by the painted black trim. The bed is available in queen and king sizes and is constructed from rough sawn distressed pine timber. The bed has the optional addition of drawers underneath, which raises the bed five additional inches. You can choose from various finishes for this bed, completing the look of your bedroom and coordinating your Butte Collection pieces. Important Product Note: This item is a custom made item. Due to the nature of wood it may not appear exactly like the photo above. Wood is organic and can take our premium finishes differently which may cause variations in shading and color. Your piece will be a unique piece of artwork built specifically for you. This item is custom and is not returnable You Will Receive: Headboard, Footboard, Side Rails & Support Slats. Beds are photographed with a low profile box spring.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cabin-collection-american-made-log-style-furniture","Cabin-Collection","","","","","","","","Cabin Collection","Cabin Collection|American Made Log Style Furniture","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Bring the look and feel of the great outdoors to your home with Adams All Natural Furniture’s Cabin Collection. Part of the allure of a log cabin is the natural and undisturbed look of the logs used to create the cabin. Adams All Natural Furniture embraced the style and aesthetic values of the contemporary log cabin home and offers a line of furniture to bring the rustic cabin look indoors. Whether you are looking for a set of bunk beds to save space in the kids’ room, or a log style dining table, Adams All Natural Furniture has just the right cabin-inspired pieces to compliment your indoor décor. Made with only the highest-quality of wood, the Cabin Collection is available in a variety of finishes that are sure to provide you with the right shade for your space. Let us help you bring home the classic rustic cabin look to your living spaces. Guests are sure to appreciate the delicate, yet earthy features of the authentic Cabin Collection when you add it to your home.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "arch-top-arbor-cedar-only","ALW-1404C","1404C","1404C","793","1566","2021.33","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select Size"" ""4 Foot #1404C"" ""5 Foot (+73) #1504C"" ""6 Foot (+241) #1604C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 4' (+244)"" ""Yes 5' (+252)"" ""Yes 6' (+294)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Cedar Arch Top Arbor - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Cedar Arch Top Arbor|Finished & Unfinished Variants","4' Arch Top Arbor","Dimensions & Weight","4' Arbor
    Exterior 63"" W x 47"" D x 87"" H
    Interior 48"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Product Weight 200 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 88"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 83"" H
    Product Weight 215 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 84"" H
    Product Weight 225 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 900 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar
    Cedar wood repels insects insuring long lasting durability
    All natural, untreated Cedar","Unfinished or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-traditional-english-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-marlboro-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-fan-back-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-royal-english-garden-swing-free-springs-included","arbors","","","400","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Show stained in natural The Cambridge cedar arch top arbor by Adams All Natural Furniture has been constructed with durable and resilient western redwood that provides a strong build and can endure both physical damage and drastic weather conditions. This cedar arch arbor is available in 4', 5', and 6' exterior and interior dims. These variants weigh about 245, 250, and 265 pounds respectively. The product can be ordered in both finished and unfinished versions, the former either boasts a natural appearance or is stained to boost its beauty and power. You'll have to handle the assembly, but no worries there because we provide a detailed guide with instructions. The manual includes all the instructions and also a list of hardware required for assembly. Cedar Wood Furniture offers highly reliable shipping services, you'll get your order shipped and delivered safely within 3-4 weeks. We also offer a limited one-year warranty but terms and conditions apply. If you're looking for a different look, then the Lexington Flat Top Arbor Pressure Treated Pine is a pretty decent option. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item.","","","","","","","","","2038 Updated Pricing","","none" "cedar-cambridge-garden-arbor-and-deck","ALW-1420C","1420C","1420C","1152","2154","2842.67","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""4 Foot #1420C"" ""5 Foot (+166) #1520C"" ""6 Foot (+436) #1620C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 4' (+354)"" ""Yes 5' (+389)"" ""Yes 6' (+446)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Deck - Available In Multiple Sizes","4' Cambridge Arbor & Deck","Dimensions & Weight","4' Arbor
    Exterior 63"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 48"" W x 40"" D x 80"" H
    Deck 59"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 200 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 215 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 255 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 900 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-traditional-english-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-marlboro-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-fan-back-swing-free-springs-included cedar-wood-royal-english-garden-swing-free-springs-included","arbors","","","460","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor & (1) Deck. Featuring premium Western Red Cedar construction from the best in the USA, this Adams All Natural Furniture's Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Deck set offers both impressive looks and a sturdy design. You can have it stained, if you like, or not, and will also get zinc coated hardware for assembly on your end. Available in 4', 5', and 6' variants, the set can easily be installed in soil via the 4 hurricane stakes provided. This set pairs perfectly with the Traditional English Cedar Swing available on the Cedar Wood Furniture website. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar.","","","","","","","","","2045 Updated Pricing","","none" "cedar-cambridge-garden-arbor-with-deck-and-glider","ALW-1536C","1536C","1536C","1946","2895","4416","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1536C"" ""6 Foot (+392) #1636C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+572)"" ""Yes 6' (+651)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor w/ Deck & Glider","Dimensions & Weight","5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Glider 52"" W x 27"" D x 41"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 355 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Glider 62"" W x 27"" D x 41"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 370 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown Unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","495","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor, (1) Fan Back Glider & (1) Deck. The Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck, made available by Adams All Natural Furniture, is a fine cedar-made outdoor furniture set for people with good taste. You can choose to get the set in 4' or 5' variants, and the stain options include Gray, Redwood, Natural, Oak, Linden Leaf, Mushroom, and Cedar. Zinc-coated and hurricane stakes are also provided by Cedar Wood Furniture. Cedar Spindle Garden Bridge will go perfectly with this one. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar.","","","","","","","","","2069 Updated Pricing","","none" "cedar-cambridge-garden-arbor-and-swing","ALW-1516C","1516C","1516C","1286","2351","3054.67","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1516C"" ""6 Foot (+250) #1616C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+395)"" ""Yes 6' (+448)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Rope Hanging Kit"" ""No"" ""Yes, (+35) #1038-8""","Color Options","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Swing - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Cedar Garden Arbor and Swing - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor & Swing","Dimensions & Weight","6' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 85"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 80"" H
    Swing 52"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Product Weight 265 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 84"" H
    Swing 62"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Product Weight 280 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.
    Optional Rope Hanging Kit. See Assembly Instructions for installation.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","460","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor & (1) Royal Swing The Cambridge Garden Arbor and Swing Set, from Adams All Natural Furniture, comes in multiple sizes, in both finished and unfinished variants. For the former, you have options like Cedar, Gray, Natural, Oak, Mushroom, Linden Leaf, and Redwood shades. You will get zinc-coated hardware for assembly and hurricane stakes for installation in the soil; the premium Amish construction ensures that the product lasts for a long time. Plus, you can complete the collection with Cedar Spindle Garden Bridge . For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar.","","","","","","","","","2053 Updated Pricing","","none" "cedar-cambridge-garden-swing-arbor-with-deck","ALW-1532C","1532C","1532C","1708","3037","3949.33","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1532C"" ""6 Foot (+352) #1632C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+525)"" ""Yes 6' (+599)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Rope Hanging Kit"" ""No"" ""Yes, (+35) #1038-8""","Color Options","Cambridge Cedar Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Cedar Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor w/ Deck & Swing","Dimensions & Weight","5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Swing 52"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 345 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Swing 62"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 360 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.
    Optional Rope Hanging Kit. See Assembly Instructions for installation.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-wood-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-wood-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","525","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Above Arbor shown in pine. With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor, (1) Royal Swing & (1) Deck. Adams All Nature Furniture presents the Cambridge Cedar Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck which features premium Western Red Cedar construction and Amish craftsmanship. You can explore options regarding the sizes available and color options offered on the Cedar Wood Furniture website, and in all cases, product satisfaction is guaranteed. You'll have to handle some assembly on your end, and for this purpose, rust-proof hardware has also been provided. To get the most out of your outdoor furniture collection, why not throw Cedar Spindle Garden Bridge in the mix as well. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar.","","","","","","","","","2061 Updated Pricing","","none" "arch-top-arbor-cedar-pine","ALW-1404","1404","1404","597","1278","1637.33","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""4 Foot #1404"" ""5 Foot (+54) #1504"" ""6 Foot (+121) #1604"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 4' (+276)"" ""Yes 5' (+293)"" ""Yes 6' (+312)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Arch Top Arbor - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Treated Pine Arch Top Arbor|Available In Three Size Variants","4' Arch Top Arbor","Dimensions & Weight","4' Arbor
    Exterior 63"" W x 47"" D x 87"" H
    Interior 48"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Product Weight 245 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 88"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 83"" H
    Product Weight 260 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 84"" H
    Product Weight 275 lbs.
    Weight Capacity: 900 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made by A&L Furniture","","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","marlboro-swing-free-springs-included 4-fan-back-swing-free-springs-included 4-traditional-english-swing-free-springs-included 4-royal-english-garden-swing-free-springs-included","arbors","","","400","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Our Cambridge Arch Top Arbor is shown with diagonal lattice in unfinished pine in our main image. This arbor is exclusively designed with the finest quality long-lasting material that can endure drastic weather conditions. Specially treated yellow pine wood is used for the construction of this Cambridge treated pine arch top arbor by Adams All Natural Furniture. The product is available in various sizes: 4', 5' and 6'. The 4' arbor weighs about 245 pounds, the 5' variant weighs about 250 pounds, while the largest one is 265 pounds. The pine base allows the structure to stand for a long time. You can order the product in both finished and unfinished versions, the latter doesn't feature any additional coating while the finished product is provided either in a natural look or in a stained appearance. The arbor requires some assembling when delivered, and the package includes an instruction manual as well, which provides sufficiently detailed instructions. The item is shipped via long haul trucking which is a reliable shipment method; they handle the package with utmost care and deliver on the assigned time. Plus, the product is covered by our one-year limited warranty, terms and conditions apply. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item.","","","","","","","","","2028 Updated Pricing","","none" "pressure-treated-cambridge-garden-arbor-and-deck","ALW-1420","1420","1420","832","1684","2165.333333","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""4 Foot #1420"" ""5 Foot (+120) #1520"" ""6 Foot (+248) #1620"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 4' (+384)"" ""Yes 5' (+422)"" ""Yes 6' (+462)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Deck , Available In Multiple Sizes","4' Cambridge Arbor & Deck","Dimensions & Weight","4' Arbor
    Exterior 63"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 48"" W x 40"" D x 80"" H
    Deck 59"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 350 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 370 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4' H
    Product Weight 405 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 900 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","marlboro-swing-free-springs-included 4-fan-back-swing-free-springs-included 4-traditional-english-swing-free-springs-included 4-royal-english-garden-swing-free-springs-included","arbors","","","460","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor & (1) Deck. The Cambridge Garden Arbor and Deck set, available on Adams All Natural Furniture, is made up of pressure-treated Yellow Pine and boasts premium craftsmanship at its finest. Cedar Wood Furniture offers the set in both unfinished and stained forms. For assembly, the sets come with rust-proof zinc hardware, and you have three sizes to pick from 4', 5', and 6'. You can pair this one up perfectly with a Marlboro Pine Swing . For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item inPine.","","","","","","","","","2044 Updated Pricing","","none" "pressure-treated-cambridge-garden-arbor-with-deck-and-glider","ALW-1536","1536","1536","1214","2380","2980","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1536"" ""6 Foot (+169) #1636"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+536)"" ""Yes 6' (+586)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor w/ Deck & Glider","Dimensions & Weight","4' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Glider 52"" W x 27"" D x 41"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 435 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    5' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Glider 62"" W x 27"" D x 41"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 475 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained (Above main images is shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier's website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-pine-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","495","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Image shown in cedar wood but here you will be purchasing a Pressure Treated Pine set. With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor, (1) Traditional Glider & (1) Deck. The Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Glider with Deck, available on Adams All Natural Furniture, is made from premium pine wood, pressure treated for excellence. You can choose to get the set stained in Gray, Redwood, Natural, Oak, Linden Leaf, Mushroom, and Cedar. Cedar Wood Furniture offers rust-proof hardware and hurricane stakes in the package as well. Lastly, you can couple this set with Pine Spindle Garden Bridge to complete the set. For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Pine.","","","","","","","","","2068 Updated Pricing","","none" "pressure-treated-cambridge-garden-arbor-and-swing","ALW-1516","1516","1516","875","1747","2249.33","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1516"" ""6 Foot (+89) #1616"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+404)"" ""Yes 6' (+432)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Rope Hanging Kit"" ""No"" ""Yes, (+35) #1038-8""","Color Options","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Arbor and Swing - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor & Swing","Dimensions & Weight","5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 88"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 83"" H
    Swing 52"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Product Weight 325 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 89"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 84"" H
    Swing 62"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Product Weight 340 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.
    Optional Rope Hanging Kit. See Assembly Instructions for installation.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-pine-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","460","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor & (1) Traditional Swing Adams All Natural Furniture brings to you the Cambridge Garden Swing, Arbor, and Deck Set in both finished and unfinished versions. You can order the set in 4' and 5' versions, and the stained versions come with several color options: Cedar, Gray, Linden Leaf, Oak, Natural, Mushroom, and Redwood shades. Some assembly is needed, and zinc-coated hardware is provided for this purpose, and you can easily install the set in your garden using the provided hurricane stakes. To get the best out of your outdoor Amish furniture collection, you can pair this set up with Pine Spindle Garden Bridge . For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Pine.","","","","","","","","","2052 Updated Pricing","","none" "pressure-treated-cambridge-garden-swing-arbor-with-deck","ALW-1532","1532","1532","1183","2222","2920","""Select Arbor Size"" ""Select One"" ""5 Foot #1532"" ""6 Foot (+148) #1632"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Yes 5' (+533)"" ""Yes 6' (+581)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain"" ""Add Rope Hanging Kit"" ""No"" ""Yes, (+35) #1038-8""","Color Options","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","Cambridge Pressure Treated Pine Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck - Multiple Sizes Available","5' Cambridge Arbor w/ Deck & Swing","Dimensions & Weight","5' Arbor
    Exterior 75"" W x 47"" D x 90"" H
    Interior 60"" W x 40"" D x 81"" H
    Swing 52"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Deck 71"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 425 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 700 lbs.
    6' Arbor
    Exterior 87"" W x 47"" D x 91"" H
    Interior 72"" W x 40"" D x 82"" H
    Swing 62"" W x 27"" D x 27"" H
    Deck 83"" W x 44"" D x 4"" H
    Product Weight 465 lbs
    Weight Capacity: 800 lbs.
    Post Dimensions on all sizes 3"" x 3.5""","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance
    Included is a set of 4 hurricane stakes for soil installation.
    For Concrete or patio installations, we recommend using L Brackets easily found at any hardware store.
    Optional Rope Hanging Kit. See Assembly Instructions for installation.","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Pressure Treated Yellow Pine","Unfinished or Stained (Main image shown unfinished)","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually Ships in 1 weeks","t","t","Some Required","t","Click for Assembly Instructions","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","cedar-pine-simple-plank-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-japanese-style-garden-bridge
    cedar-pine-spindle-style-garden-bridge","arbors","","","525","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Above Arbor shown in pine. With this set you will receive (1) Cambridge Arbor, (1) Traditional Swing & (1) Deck. Adams All Natural Furniture's Cambridge Garden Swing & Arbor with Deck set is constructed from fine pressure-treated pine wood and comes in multiple sizes. You can also choose between having the set unstained, or staining it with any color of your choice from among the options provided by Cedar Wood Furniture. For assembly, zinc-plated hardware is provided, and to install the ensemble in your garden, you'll find four hurricane stakes in the package as well. You can complete the collection with Pine Spindle Garden Bridge . For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Pine.","","","","","","","","","2060 Updated Pricing","","none" "cantilever-umbrella-cover-by-simply-shade","SS-SSCPL920","SSCPL920","SSCPL920","$26.80","45.99","66.99","","","Cantilever Umbrella Cover by Simply Shade - Available to ship in Dec","Cantilever Umbrella Cover|Polyester Fabric","Cantilever Umbrella","Color","Grey","Size","Fits (10',11', 13') x 104""H","160g Water Resistant Breathable Polyester","Care","Machine Washable","Detail","Spring cinch lock (Elastic) secures cover into place for a tight fit","Fabric","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","","","","","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","","","","t","","","https://youtube.com/v/VZbA3jF2g6U?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878991605","Grey 160g polyester water resistant cover that is machine washable. Adams All Natural Furniture features this cantilever umbrella cover by Simply Shade, made with high-quality premium 160 g Polyester. The Polyester fabric creates efficient water resistance and prevents moisture damage. Plus, the cover is breathable, allowing the air to pass through maintaining the freshness of stuff being covered, all the while shielding against dust. The product comes in elegant grey color and is machine washable. Even after several washes, the quality of the fabric doesn't wear at all. This cantilever umbrella cover fits (10',11', 13') x 104""H and features specialized spring cinch locks and elastics on its margins that secure the cover in place for a tight fit. This item is shipped through UPS or FedEx ground transportation for reliable and swift delivery. Moreover, it is backed by a limited warranty from Simply Shade, and the quality is assured by Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "capri-umbrella-by-simply-shade","SS-SSBU-5X7RT5T","SSBU-5X7RT5T0","SSBU-5X7RT5T","103.6","169","259","""Select Color"" ""Select One"" ""Stone Polyester (P0104)"" ""Lime Polyester (P027)"" ""Navy Polyester (P030)"" ""Ocean Blue Polyester (P034)"" ""Natural Polyester (P040)"" ""Antique Beige Polyester (P071)"" ""Deep Red Polyester (P083)"" ""Black Polyester (P090)""","Select Color","Capri Rectangular Umbrella by Simply Shade","Capri Rectangular Umbrella|Multiple Shades","Capri","Dimensions","Umbrella Canopy Only: 6.93' L x 4.95' W Rectangle
    Complete Unit Open: 6.93' L x 4.95' W x 77"" H
    ","Weight","12 Lbs.","Fabric Options: Polyester
    Frame: Steel Pole and Ribs","Movement","
  • Infinite Tilt
  • Push Up
  • Height is Adjustable up to 77""
  • Ideal for Small Areas
    ","Design","
  • Rectangle
  • Manual lift
  • Infinite Tilt Front to Back, Left to Right
  • Pole Diameter: 1.26""
  • Recommended minimum of 50 lb. base for this style
    ","Material","","","This item ships via UPS or FedEx ground transportation. We do not require signatures upon receipt and box(es) will be left where your carrier normally leaves packages. Delivery requests noted in the additional comments¯ section during checkout are sometimes honored by the shipper but not guaranteed. The 3rd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has left the building¯ and at the bottom will be a tracking number and notation if your order was shipped via UPS or FedEx. It's always best to copy and paste the tracking number into the carrier's website order tracking area to get up to date detailed information on delivery. Please note that the time it will take for an item to arrive at your door is dependent on where you live. Most items take 1 to 5 business days to arrive after you receive your shipping notice from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it may be consolidated and may ship via Long Haul Truck.","Usually ships in 2 - 4 Business Days","","t","Some Required","t","Capri Insturction Manual","","t","Simply Shade Warranty","t","Umbrella Canopy Care & Cleaning Instructions","t","","","","https://youtube.com/v/HCzwRknsnJ4?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","","Simply Shade","","t","650878719773","Adams All Natural Furniture offers the Capri rectangular umbrella by Simply Shade which has been designed with a manual lift, its exceptional rectangular shape, availability of infinite tilt options including front-to-back and left-to-right movements. The umbrella allows enhanced movement and rotation and is ideal for smaller outdoor areas. It offers infinite tilt in horizontal as well as vertical positions. The umbrella includes fabric for the canopy and the frame including a pole and the base. The fabric material used is polyester which is effectively water-resistant and breathable. The frame contains tough and sturdy steel poles and ribs, for an everlasting performance without taking any damages. The overall weight of this product is 12 pounds while the complete unit, when open, has dimensions of 6.93' L x 4.95' W x 77"" H. This item ships through UPS or FedEx ground transportation for exceptionally reliable and swift delivery. It will take 1 to 5 business days to arrive at your doorstep after you receive your shipping notification from us. If this item is part of a larger order, it will be shipped via long-haul trucking. The product is available in stone, natural, antique beige, deep red, black, ocean blue, navy, and lime shades, you can choose the one that suits you the best when placing the order. It is backed by both the Simply Shade warranty and our quality assurance at Cedar Wood Furniture.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-22-by-24-square-deck-planter-kit","ATC-BP24","BP24","BP24","129","243","441","","","Cedar 2 Ft Square Deck Planter Kit","Cedar 2 Ft Square Stained Deck Planter Kit|Unfinished","2-Ft Box Planter","Dimensions","Exterior Dim: 24"" W x 22"" D x 20"" H
    Interior Dim: 18.5"" W x 17.25"" D x 15.25"" H","Weight","32 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","","plantingbox","","","55","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088004309","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Cedar Wood Furniture presents the cedar 2 ft square deck planter kit by Adams All Natural Furniture, crafted from the finest quality western red cedarwood. The wood makes the planter strong and durable. Note the flawless lumber is subject to availability and the item may come with cedar having several knots. The product is delivered unfinished, i.e. without any stains or coatings. It is shipped as a complete set having all the boards cut, finely sanded, and predrilled for your convenience. All the hardware for assembly (yes, you'll have to assemble this) is included along with detailed instructions. We'll also cover shipping damages if you request so within 5 days after receiving. Manufacturer's damages are also covered for 30 days after delivery.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-22-in-scalloped-window-flower-box-kit","ATC-WB20","WB20","WB20","27","65","84","","","Cedar 22"" Scalloped Window Planter Kit","Cedar 22"" Scalloped Window Planter Kit | Assembly Hardware Included","22"" Window Flower Box","Dimensions","22"" W x 7"" D x 6"" H","Weight","3 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","","t","","window-boxes","","","24","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088004286","This item is a kit. All boards come cut and sanded. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Adams All Natural Furniture presents the cedar scalloped window planter kit, crafted from western red cedar that makes the product highly durable and strong. The red cedar prevents water damage and increases the lifespan of the planter. The scalloped window planter kit comes unfinished, as it doesn't have any kind of stain coating. The item has a total weight of 5 pounds, thus can be easily moved around plus it measures 22"" W x 7"" D x 6"" H so it won't take much space either. You will be in charge of complete assembly, we provide finely cut, sanded, and predrilled wooden boards all you have to do is to set them together as instructed. We also deliver all the hardware you will require and detailed instructions for a better assembly. The item is shipped and delivered with extreme care, our delivery partners UPS or FedEx ensure a safer and on-time delivery. They also allow you to track your order by keeping you continuously updated. The estimated delivery time is within 1-5 business days, but the time depends upon your location. For larger orders, we prefer long-haul trucking shipments for safe and swift delivery. As per Cedar Wood Furniture product warranty policy, the item is covered for creator's imperfections for 30 days and shipping damage for 5 days after you receive the order.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-27-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backless-benches","CR-WF27WTB5-2CVD","WF27WTB5-2CVD","WF27WTB5-2CVD","720","1242","1620","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""5' WF27WTB5-2CVD"" ""6' (+214) WF27WTB6-2CVD"" ""8' (+472) WF27WTB8-CVD"" ""Optional Umbrella Hole"" ""No, Thank You"" ""Yes, Please Add (Not Available on 4' Table)"" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes, 5' (+252) WF27WTB5-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 6' (+278) WF27WTB6-2CVD-CS"" ""8' (+478) WF27WTB8-CVD-CS""","","Cedar 27"" Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set","Cedar Wood 27”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set","Red Cedar 27"" Wide 5' Classic Family Picnic Table with (2) 5' Benches","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","5' & 6' - UPS
    8' - Truck Freight","5', 6' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (2) Benches
    8' Length - This set comes with (1) Table & (4) Benches (2 for each side of the table)","Weight","5' Set
    Table Weight:
    38 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    25 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    6' Set
    Table Weight:
    45 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    29 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs","Dimensions","5' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 59""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    59""L x 14""W x 18""H
    6' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 70""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    70""L x 14""W x 18""H
    8' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 94""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    94""L x 14""W x 18""H","Set Configuration","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company. Special Note: The 8' version of this item will ship via Long Haul Truck. An appointment is required to delivery truck shipments. The carrier will call you when the shipment has arrived at your local distribution center to schedule that appointment. As when your order ships via UPS or FedEx, you will be provided the carrier and PRO # associated with your shipment. The phone number given to us on your order will be the number used to schedule that appointment.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","2-cedar-countryside-garden-bench red-cedar-twin-ponds-end-table 2-cedar-keyway-garden-bench","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Naturally handsome and weather-resistant, the Cedar Wood 27”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set from Cedarwood Furniture makes an excellent choice for relaxed meals outside. Made in the U.S., the 27”-wide table and two 14”-wide benches are available in two lengths detailed below. This wonderful set is available unfinished or with optional staining and sealing.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-27-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backed-benches","CR-WF27WTBB4-2CVD","WF27WTBB4-2CVD","WF27WTBB4-2CVD","657","1139","1478.25","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' WF27WTBB4-2CVD"" ""5' (+190) WF27WTBB5-2CVD"" ""6' (+410) WF27WTBB6-2CVD"" ""8' (+760) WF27WTBB8-2CVD"" ""Optional Umbrella Hole"" ""No, Thank You"" ""Yes, Please Add (Not Available on 4' Table)"" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes, 4' (+227) WF27WTBB4-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 5' (+274) WF27WTBB5-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 6' (+310) WF27WTBB6-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 8' (+532) WF27WTBB8-2CVD-CS""","","Cedar 27"" Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set with Backed Benches","Cedar Wood Classic Picnic Table Set w/ Backed Benches","Red Cedar 27"" Wide 4' Classic Family Picnic Table with (2) 4' Backed Benches","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","4', 5', 6' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (2) Benches
    8' Length - This set comes with (1) Table & (4) Benches (2 for each side of the table)","Weight","4' Set
    Table Weight:
    28 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    35 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    5' Set
    Table Weight:
    38 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    45 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    6' Set
    Table Weight:
    45 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    65 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs","Dimensions","4' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 48""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    48""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    5' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 59""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    59""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    6' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 70""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    70""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    8' Set: Table Overall:
    27""W x 94""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    94""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""","Set Configuration","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","2-cedar-countryside-garden-bench cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-twin-ponds-bench-set","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Built with your extra comfort in mind, the Cedar Wood 27”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set with Backed Benches from Cedarwood Furniture also delivers natural durability and good looks. Made in the U.S. from Western red cedar, this picnic table set with back-seated benches lets everyone lean forward and dig into good meals, then lean back and chat with good company. Available lengths for this 27”-wide table and two 14”-wide benches shown below.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-32-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backless-benches","CR-WF32WTB5-2CVD","WF32WTB5-2CVD","WF32WTB5-2CVD","741","1277","1667.25","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""5' WF32WTB5-2CVD"" ""6' (+197) WF32WTB6-2CVD"" ""8' (+518) WF32WB8-2CVD"" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes, 5' (+244) WF32WTB5-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 6' (+280) WF32WTB6-2CVD-CS"" ""8' (+503) WF32WB8-2CVD-CS""","","Cedar 32"" Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set","Cedar Wood 32”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set","Red Cedar 32"" Wide 5' Classic Family Picnic Table with (2) 5' Benches","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","5' & 6' - UPS
    8' - Truck Freight","5', 6' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (2) Benches
    8' Length - This set comes with (1) Table & (4) Benches (2 for each side of the table)","Weight","5' Set
    Table Weight:
    38 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    25 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    6' Set
    Table Weight:
    45 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    29 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs","Dimensions","5' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 59""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    59""L x 14""W x 18""H
    6' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 70""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    70""L x 14""W x 18""H
    8' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 94""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    94""L x 14""W x 18""H","Set Configuration","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company. Special Note: The 8' version of this item will ship via Long Haul Truck. An appointment is required to delivery truck shipments. The carrier will call you when the shipment has arrived at your local distribution center to schedule that appointment. As when your order ships via UPS or FedEx, you will be provided the carrier and PRO # associated with your shipment. The phone number given to us on your order will be the number used to schedule that appointment.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","red-cedar-straight-back-english-garden-bench 2-cedar-holy-cross-garden-bench cedar-twin-ponds-chair-collection","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","The roomy Cedar Wood 32”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set from Cedarwood Furniture provides plenty of space for everyone to gather and enjoy barbecues and other meals outdoors. Available in two lengths shown below, this handsome set includes one 32”-wide picnic table and two matching 14”-wide benches. Made in the U.S., it’s covered by the manufacturer’s three-year warranty.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-32-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backed-benches","CR-WF32WTBB4-2CVD","WF32WTBB4-2CVD","WF32WTBB4-2CVD","684","1189","1539","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""4' WF32WTBB4-2CVD"" ""5' (+190) WF32WTBB5-2CVD"" ""6' (+360) WF32WTBB6-2CVD"" ""8' (+770) WF32WTBB8-2CVD"" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes, 4' (+232) WF32WTBB4-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 5' (+278) WF32WTBB5-2CVD-CS"" ""Yes, 6' (+322) WF32WTBB6-2CVD-CS"" ""8' (+549) WF32WTBB8-2CVD-CS""","","Cedar 32"" Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set with Backed Benches","Cedar Wood 32”-W Classic Picnic Table & Backed Benches","Red Cedar 32"" Wide 4' Classic Family Picnic Table with (2) 4' Backed Benches","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","4', 5' & 6' - UPS
    8' - Truck Freight","4', 5', 6' Lengths - This set comes with (1) Table & (2) Benches
    8' Length - This set comes with (1) Table & (4) Benches (2 for each side of the table)","Weight","4' Set
    Table Weight:
    28 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    35 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    5' Set
    Table Weight:
    38 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    45 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs
    6' Set
    Table Weight:
    45 lbs
    Bench Weight (ea):
    65 lbs
    Bench Capacity (ea):
    675 lbs","Dimensions","4' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 48""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    48""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    5' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 60""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    60""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    6' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 70""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    70""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""
    8' Set: Table Overall:
    32""W x 94""L x 30""H
    Bench Overall (ea):
    94""L x 24""W x 34""H
    Bench Seat Dims: 14""D x 18""H
    Seat Back Height: 16.5""","Set Configuration","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company. Special Note: The 8' version of this item will ship via Long Haul Truck. An appointment is required to delivery truck shipments. The carrier will call you when the shipment has arrived at your local distribution center to schedule that appointment. As when your order ships via UPS or FedEx, you will be provided the carrier and PRO # associated with your shipment. The phone number given to us on your order will be the number used to schedule that appointment.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","t","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","2-cedar-countryside-garden-bench cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete","outdoor-patio-picnic-table-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","For an instant classic in outdoors dining, consider the Cedar Wood 32”-Wide Classic Family Picnic Table Set with Backed Benches from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S., the table and two benches deliver all of this wood’s natural beauty and resistance to weather and insects. Choose from mulitple lengths below to suit your needs. This lovely set is available unfinished or, for an additional price, stained and sealed.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-22-by-52-rectangular-deck-planter-kit","ATC-BP52","BP52","BP52","219","407","747","","","Cedar 4 Ft Rectangular Deck Planter Kit","Western Red Cedar Planter Kit|Unfinished","4-Ft Box Planter","Dimensions","Exterior Dim: 52"" W x 22"" D x 20"" H
    Interior Dim: 45.7.5"" W x 17.25"" D x 15.25"" H","Weight","48 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","","plantingbox","","","88","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088004316","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Adams All Natural Furniture brings an exciting range of garden furniture, including the cedar 4 ft rectangular planter deck. The product on Cedar Wood Furniture has been designed to showcase the beauty of the natural western red cedar deck. It is shipped as a kit of cut, sanded, and pre-drilled boards which must be put together. It requires minimum assembly efforts before being added to your deck or wherever you feel best. All the tools needed are shipped in the package, and detailed instructions are also presented. The planter is slightly raised above the ground, which means you do not need to worry about the grass beneath or any types of stains on your deck or porch. This cedar rectangular deck planter is covered by the manufacturer's warranty for 30 days and shipping defects warranty for 5 days after being received.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-narrow-4-ft-raised-garden-planter-kit","ATC-RGL12","RGL12","RGL12","95","178","297","","","Cedar 4' Narrow Raised Planter Kit","Red Cedar Narrow 4 Ft Raised Garden Planter Kit|Comes Unassembled","4' Planter Box on Legs","Dimensions","46"" W x 16"" D x 34"" H","Weight","23 lbs","Bottom Slats that allow water drainage.","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","Special Feature","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","","raised-garden-planters","","","39","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088004255","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Adams All Natural Furniture presents the most convenient red cedar narrow 4 Ft Raised Garden Planter Kit for all your plantation needs. The total weight of this product is about 23 pounds and has overall dimensions of 46"" W x 16"" D x 34"" H. The product comes unfinished but is designed to deal with the vicissitudes of the outdoor environment and is suitable for the indoors as well. It provides enough space underneath to use the ground level for other purposes. If you have a smaller patio and you are craving for some more colors in it, then the red cedar narrow 4 ft raised garden planter will be a perfect addition to house blossoms of every shade. You can use this raised table for seeding and potting without hurting your spine. The raised and spacious container provides amazing space for showcasing your flowers, fruits, herbs, or veggies. But if you are looking for even more space for your plants, then the Tiered Raised Garden Planter Kit from Cedar Wood Furniture is a considerable option.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "5-sided-tree-surround-bench","ATC-TB50","TB50","TB50","159","292","507","","","Cedar 5-Sided Tree Bench Kit","Western Red Cedar Wood Five-Sided Tree Bench Kit","TB50- 5 Sided Tree Bench","Dimensions","52"" W x 52"" D x 18"" H
    Inside Diameter: 24""","Weight","27 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","garden-bench 20-planterbox cedar-planter-with-bench","outdoor-patio-garden-benches","","","62","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088001285","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. If you’ve been wondering how to make a tree bench, the Western Red Cedar Wood Five-Sided Tree Bench Kit from Cedarwood Furniture offers a simple solution. This tree bench kit comes with full instructions as well as all the hardware and pre-cut, sanded and drilled cedar boards you will need for easy construction. In no time you, your friends and family will be sitting around your favorite tree enjoying refreshing shade and conversation.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-8-foot-walk-in-table","ALW-288C","288C","288C","888","1665","2877.333333","""Add 2 inch Umbrella Hole"" ""Select One"" ""No"" ""Yes, 2 in. Umbrella Hole"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Add Stained (+522)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cedar 8 Foot Walk-in Picnic Table","Cedar Wood 8? Walk-In Picnic Table with Benches","8' Walk-In Table- Specify for FREE 2"" Umbrella Hole","Dimensions & Product Weight","Outside: 94""L x 74""D x 30""H
    Table Top: 94""L x 38""D x 30""H
    Bench Top: 40""L x 11""D x 17""H - Walk-In Space 14""
    Weight 175lbs
    Weight Capacity: 400 lbs. per bench
    Table Accommodates 8 people","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","","","","Additional Information","Amish made Outdoor Furniture","","Western Red Cedar
    Cedar wood repels insects insuring long lasting durability
    All natural, untreated Cedar","Unfinished or Stain","This items ships via Long Haul Trucking Company. Delivery via Truck requires an appointment for the driver to bring your order and will require someone to be there to sign the Bill of Lading. Your 2nd email from us will be a shipping notification letting you know that your order has ?left the building?. At the bottom of the notification you will see the name of the trucking company delivering your order and the PRO number which is your tracking number. The phone number that you give us under the shipping information during checkout will be the number the shipping company will call to schedule the delivery. Or if you prefer, you can call the carrier direct to have more control over the delivery time. All you need is your PRO #. Our free shipping includes curbside delivery. If additional shipping services are needed such as white glove services, you can sometimes request that from the carrier when they call or from the driver if they have time. If you?d like to talk over your options, feel free to give us a call and we can share ideas of things other customers have done if they?ve needed help. If your order arrives damaged, please do not refuse it. Please accept your order BUT notate on the Bill of Lading that boxes were damaged. If you feel like it?s bad enough to take a peak before the carrier leaves, you have the right to do so. After opening your order, if there is any concealed damage, please give us a call and we can assist you to rectify the issue. Also, notate this on the Bill of Lading if the driver is still there.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","outdoor-picnic-tables","","","$360.00","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","Spacious as well as stylish, the Cedar Wood 8' Walk-In Picnic Table with Attached Benches from Cedarwood Furniture will make every meal outside more enjoyable. It's easy to get in or out from your seat at this table, making it a breeze to handle even bigger groups. It's made in the U.S. of sturdy cedar, which naturally resists weather and insects. Add an umbrella hole and an umbrella like our 9-Ft. Tilt-and-Crank Market Umbrella for shade.

    For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-2-x-4-a-frame-swing-stand","ALW-804C","804C","804C","317","468","709.3333333","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""72 in. Wide"" ""84 in. Wide (+25) 805C"" ""96 in. Wide (+53) 806C"" ""Add Stain"" ""Select to Add Stain"" ""Add Stained (+178)"" ""Color Options"" ""Select if Adding Stain"" ""Linden Leaf Stain"" ""Gray Stain"" ""Natural Stain"" ""Oak Stain"" ""Redwood Stain"" ""Mushroom Stain"" ""Cedar Stain"" ""Charcoal Stain""","Color Options","Cedar A-Frame Swing Stand with Hanging Hardware","Cedar Wood A-Frame Swing Stand with Hardware","2 x 4 Cedar A-Frame Swing Stand","Dimensions & Product Weight","72"" A Frame:
    Outside: 72""L x 96""D x 72""H
    Inside: 69""L x 96""D x 68""H
    Weight 30 Lbs
    Designed for 4ft Swing
    84"" A Frame:
    Outside: 84""L x 96""D x 72""H
    Inside: 81""L x 96""D x 68""H
    Weight 35 Lbs
    Designed for 5ft Swing
    96"" A Frame:
    Outside: 96""L x 96""D x 72""H
    Inside: 93""L x 96""D x 68""H
    Weight 40 Lbs
    Designed for 6ft Swing
    All sizes are made using 2 x 4 lumber with 2 x 4 supports","Hardware","Yellow zinc plated hardware, for rust resistance","","Weight Restriction","Tested for weight up to 800 Lbs to include the swing.","Uses","Can be used for a swing or a swing bed","","Western Red Cedar
    Cedar wood repels insects insuring long lasting durability
    All natural, untreated Cedar","Unfinished or Stain","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier?s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment.","Usually Ships in 2 weeks","t","t","Some Required","","","","t","Limited 1 Year Factory Warranty","","","t","","","outdoor-swing-frames","","","$55.00","","A&L Furniture Company","a l woodworking","US","t","","*** This A Frame is for bench swings only *** If you don't have a porch or other place to mount a swing, the Cedar Wood A-Frame Swing Stand with Hardware from Cedarwood Furniture provides an easy way to enjoy the fine weather practically anywhere on your property. Made in the U.S. of naturally durable cedar, this stand is made of 2x4 lumber and supports for solid stability. Just add a swing and you, family and friends can enjoy lots of refreshing days and evenings swinging outside in wonderful weather. Three sizes are available to fit 4', 5' or 6' swings.

    For orders being shipped into California, please read information regarding a Proposition 65 WARNING for this item in Cedar or Pine.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-accessory-mate","WL-82027","82027","82027","17","","29.95","","","Cedar Accessory Mate","Cedar Accessory Mate","","Weight","2 Lbs.","Special Feature","Holds 26 ties and 4 belts. Two belts per hook.","To Rejuvenate the aromatic smell, simply apply a light sanding with a fine grit sandpaper.","Dimensions","21""L x 2.75""H x 3.5"" D","","","Maintenance","Aromatic Eastern Red Cedar
    Sustainably Harvested","Unfinished Sides
    Lacquer Coated Bottom","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 4-7 business days","","","None Required","","","","","","","","","t","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/7s2m-Rj_sxo?rel=0&hd=1&","","","2","Woodlore","woodlore","US","t","024817820279","This patented 26 tie and 4 belt rack boasts an added convenience: a molded cedar upper shelf to hold keys, watches, wallets, change, cufflinks and other easily misplaced necessities. Featuring brass-plated pegs and hooks, it easily mounts on walls and doors with brass screws.

    If this is not the cedar closet storage item you were looking for view all of our Cedar Closet Storage for more options.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-adirondack-chair-table-set-kit","ATC-ST24-Set","ST24-Set","ST24-Set","309","552","972","","","Cedar Adirondack & Side Table Set Kit","Cedar Adirondack & Side Table Set Kit|3-Piece Collection","3pc. Side Table Adirondack Set","Dimensions","Chair Each:
    36"" W x 36"" D x 37"" H
    Side Table:
    21"" W x 21"" D x 21"" H","Weight","Chair Each:
    21 lbs
    Side Table:
    12 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-sets","","","104","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088009021","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. This set includes the following: (2) Adirondack Chair Kits & (1) Magazine End Table Kit. The cedar Adirondack & side table set by Adams All Natural Furniture includes two Adirondack chairs and a magazine end table. Both the chairs and the side table are made from high-quality western red cedar wood, which makes the product highly durable and hard-wearing. The clear lumber is subject to accessibility, and the item may come with cedar having knots in it. The product is delivered unfinished and each Adirondack chair weighs 21 pounds while the magazine end table weighs up 12 pounds. This product requires full assembly before use, for your convenience, the package includes all the boards finely cut, sanded, and predrilled. We also provide all hardware and instructions vital for accurate assembly. This item is shipped by UPS or FedEx, while for larger orders, long-haul trucking is preferred. The product is covered by Cedar Wood Furniture warranty for the company's imperfections for 30 days and shipping damages for 5 days after receiving the order.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "red-cedar-tripod-adirondack-chair-set-kit","ATC-TP22-Set","TP22-Set","TP22-Set","199","354","597","","","Cedar Adirondack & Tripod Table Set Kit","Cedar Adirondack & Tripod Table Set Kit|2 Piece Collection","2pc. Tripod Adirondack Set","Dimensions","Chair:
    36"" W x 36"" D x 38"" H
    Side Table:
    21"" W x 21"" D x 21"" H
    Table Top Dim: 18.25"" Dia
    Lover Shelf Dim: 8.5"" Dia","Weight","Chair:
    19 lbs
    Side Table:
    8 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","","outdoor-patio-sets","","","66","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088009038","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. This Set includes the following: (1) Adirondack Chair Kit & (1) Tripod End Table. The cedar Adirondack & tripod table set kit is a 2 piece collection from Adams All Natural Furniture containing a chair and a table. Both of the items in this set are exclusively manufactured with strong and durable western red cedar wood of the most excellent quality. The product is delivered unfinished, without any additional coating of any stain. Plus, you are also in charge of the whole assembly before using this product. We ship finely cut, sanded, and predrilled boards in the package along with all the hardware and instructions required for a perfect assembly. The Adirondack chair in the set has a total weight of almost 21 pounds and is 36"" W x 36"" D x 37"" H while the tripod end table weighs 11 pounds with overall dimensions of 21"" W x 21"" D x 21"" H. We offer safe and reliable shipping and delivery via fast and dependable UPS or FedEx. If the order is bigger than usual, the item may be consolidated as a part of a long-haul trucking shipment. Either way, your Cedar Wood Furniture order will be at your doorstep at the proscribed time.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-adirondack-chair-and-footrest-set","CR-WRF516200CVD","WRF516200CVD","WRF516200CVD","377","659","848.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+132) WRF516200CVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set","Cedar Wood Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set","Cedar Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Chair Weight:
    30 lbs
    Footrest Weight:
    19 lbs
    Chair Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Chair Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 36.5""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Footrest Overall:
    22""L x 20""D x 12.75""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-adirondack-chaise-lounge cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete","outdoor-patio-sets","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Set includes: (1) Adirondack Chair & (1) Cedar Footrest Combining classic styling with relaxation, the Cedar Wood Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set from Cedarwood Furniture will kick your comfort level up a notch. But be careful! Once you plunk down in this comfy combo, you may not want to get back up. That’s OK, because these pieces are built to last. Made in the U.S. of weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, they are backed by a three-year manufacturer’s warranty. To keep beverages and food close by, add a table like our Cedar Wood Twin Ponds End Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "slattedchair","ATC-AA21","AA21","AA21","114","203","387","","","Cedar Adirondack Chair Kit","Western Red Cedar Wood Adirondack Chair Kit","Adirondack Chair","Dimensions","Overall: 32"" W x 36"" D x 38"" H
    Seat Dim: 20"" W x 19"" D x 15"" H
    Arm Paddles: 7/8"" Thick x 7"" Wide. Slats are 3/4"" thick. Legs & Supports are 7/8"" thick","Weight","17 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","adirondack-ottoman cedar-folding-andy-table athena-adirondack-chair","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","38","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088001018","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Cedar Adirondack chair kits are a wonderful way to have fun and save a bit of money too. The Western Red Cedar Wood Adirondack Chair Kit from Cedarwood Furniture includes everything you need to put together a cool and comfortable chair. These outdoor wood chairs’ plans are fully illustrated and easy to follow. Our Cedar Side Table Kit would make a perfect companion for this cedar Adirondack chair kit. Cedar naturally resists insects and bad weather.","","","","","2","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Super ChairsBy: ,
    Thanks for all y'all's help! Got the replacement slat and arm that I needed. Super happy with these chairs and have already recommended them to a bunch of friends.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    Received my pair of Chair KitsBy: ,
    I LOVE these chair and am very happy with the quality. I grew up with Adirondack chairs in the backyard and 20+ years later they are still in use! I hope to make this pair last as long and recommend y'all to everyone I can.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","atc-cedar" "cedar-adirondack-chair-style-porch-swing","CR-WF9009CVD","WF9009CVD","WF9009CVD","545","949","1226.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+180) WF9009CVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Chair Style Porch Swing","Cedar Adirondack Chair Style Porch Swing","Cedar Adirondack Chair Style Porch Swing","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    53 lbs
    Capacity:
    425 lbs.","Dimensions","Overall:
    53""W x 26""D x 32""H
    Seat & Back:
    45""W x 18""D x 28""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-twin-ponds-bench-chair-collection 35-inch-cedar-round-trestle-dining-set cedar-adirondack-collection","outdoor-patio-porch-swings","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Wish your comfy Adirondack chair could give the gently sway of a porch swing? Wish your porch swing had the coveted style of an Adirondack chair? Well, look no further; this Adirondack porch swing made from western red cedar combines the fashion of an Adirondack chair with the lift of a porch swing!
    Included: Free Zinc Plated Chains, Not Included: Hanging Hooks","","","","","","","","","","","none" "furniture-by-material-red-cedar-outdoor-furniture-cedar-adirondack-chairs","","","","","","","","","Cedar Adirondack Chairs","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","","","none" "western-red-cedar-adirondack-chairs","western-red-cedar-adirondack-chairs","","","","","","","","Cedar Adirondack Chairs","Cedar Adirondack Chairs: Available In Both Finished & Unfinished Forms","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Usually ships in 5-7 business days","","","","","","","","","","","t","","","","","","","","","","","t","","Our Cedar Adirondack Chairs come in many attractive designs and offer extreme endurance and durability. Adams All Natural Furniture hosts a wide collection of western red cedar-made chairs for both outdoors and indoors. Our collection of Adirondack chairs goes perfectly will go perfectly with the rest of your patio furniture. These chairs, featured in the Cedar Wood Furniture store, offer a greater comfort value and are extremely reliable too. As for your options, you can get our chairs in both unfinished and finished or stained and sealed variants, the latter also comes with several color options to let you best customize your selection for creating an eye candy theme. Since our Adirondack chairs are made from premium quality western red cedar, their endurance is also top-notch. The chairs will need some putting together on your end, however, this is not a challenge as we provide detailed instructions for your ease and allow you to wrap up the preparation as soon as possible. Zinc-plated steel hardware is also part of the package to help instantaneous assembly. With so many options available in both stained and unstained versions, you'll surely find something you fancy!","Red Cedar Adirondack Chairs","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-adirondack-chaise-lounge","CR-WF5500CVD","WF5500CVD","WF5500CVD","445","769","1001.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+176) WF5500CVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Chaise Lounge","Cedar Wood Adirondack Chaise Lounge","Cedar Adirondack Chaise Lounge","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    47 lbs
    Capacity:
    690 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
    72""L x 23""W x 15""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete cedar-fanback-patio-chair","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Combining the classic design of the Adirondack chair with the classic comfort of chaise lounges, the Cedar Wood Adirondack Chaise Lounge from Cedarwood Furniture is perfect for deep relaxation. Use it by the pool, on the patio or as a wooden beach lounge chair. Plans for easy assembly are included with this American-made Adirondack lounger. Naturally weather- and insect-resistant, it’s covered by a three-year manufacturer’s warranty. For holding snacks and other small items, use it with a table like our Cedar Wood Twin Ponds End Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-adirondack-collection","CR-WRF5100SETCVD","WRF5100SETCVD","WRF5100SETCVD","758","1309","1705.5","""Add Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+243) WRF5100SETCVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Collection","Cedar Adirondack Collection","Cedar Adirondack Collection","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","Rounded & Sanded Edges","Weight","Chair Weight:
    30 lbs
    Rocker Weight:
    38 lbs
    Footrest Weight:
    19 lbs
    Rocker & Chair Capacity:
    390 lbs each","Dimensions","Chair Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 36.5""H
    Chair Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Rocker Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Rocker Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Footrest Overall:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H","Features:","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","3-by-8-cedar-new-dawn-pergola 36-cedar-get-together-dining-set cedar-27-inch-wide-4-foot-backyard-bash-cross-legged-picnic-table-with-detached-benches","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Get the best in form, function, and luxury with this versatile Adirondack collection. You save when you buy in groups! This collection includes:
    • (1) Cedar Adirondack Rocker
    • (1) Cedar Adirondack Chair
    • (1) Cedar Foot Rest

    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "rustic-natural-cedar-cedar-adirondack-ottoman","LL-B406","406","406","78.75","138","195","","","Cedar Adirondack Ottoman","Cedar Wood Adirondack Ottoman – CedarwoodFurniture.com","Adirondack Ottoman","Dimensions","22"" w X 18"" d X 14"" h","Weight","11 lbs","","Hardware","Rust Resistant Galvanized","Warranty","5 Year Limited","","Northern White Cedar
    Finely sanded natural finish","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships the next business day","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Learn about the Sustainability of the wood used.","","","","t","Finishing Tips","t","","","","","","","11","Lakeland Mills","rustic natural cedar","CA","t","779711004064","You can make lounging in your Adirondack chair even more comfortable with the simple addition of a Cedar Wood Adirondack Ottoman from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in Canada and measuring 22"" wide by 18"" deep by 14"" high, this piece boasts the same quality materials and construction as the Cedar Premium Adirondack Chair it complements: quality Northern white cedar wood, rust-resistant hardware and mortise-and-tenon joinery.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "adirondack-ottoman","ATC-AO21","AO21","AO21","40","83","516","","","Cedar Adirondack Ottoman Kit","Western Red Cedar Wood Adirondack Ottoman Kit","Adirondack Ottoman","Dimensions","20"" W x 24"" D x 14"" H","Weight","5 lbs","","Hardware","Zinc Plated","Construction Details","Illustrated instructions for assembly.
    Finely sanded finish
    Fully routed edges
    Pre-drilled holes
    Quality Workmanship Guaranteed!","","Western Red Cedar
    Clear lumber is subject to availability and item may come with cedar with knots","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 2-3 business days","","","Comes as a Complete Kit Needing Full Assembly
    Basic Carpentry Skills and/or Tools may be required.","","","","","","","","t","","slattedchair athena-adirondack-chair athena-adirondack-rocker","kit2","","","63","","All Things Cedar","all things cedar","CA","t","842088001056","This item is a kit. All boards come cut, sanded and predrilled. All the hardware is included along with the instructions but there is no assembly done. You are responsible for full assembly. Basic carpentry skills and/or tools may be required. Kick up your outdoor lifestyle a notch with the Western Red Cedar Wood Adirondack Ottoman Kit from Cedarwood Furniture. Economical and fun, this quality kit is a snap to build. Made in Canada, it comes with everything you need, including sanded, pre-drilled and cut boards, hardware and instructions. This ottoman makes a fine companion for our Cedar Adirondack Chair Kit.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair","CR-WF5110CVD","WF5110CVD","WF5110CVD","333","579","749.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+101) WF5110CVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Rocking Chair","Cedar Adirondack Rocking Chair","Cedar Adirondack Rocking Chair","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    38 lbs
    Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete cedar-adirondack-chaise-lounge","rockers","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","There has been a longstanding controversy on which type of patio chair is more comfortable: the Adirondack chair or the rocking chair. Solve the problem once and for all with this unique Adirondack rocking chair. Combining all of the wide arm rest, slanted high-back comfort of the Adirondack with the gentle motion of a rocking chair will make this the best seat in the yard!
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete","CR-WF5120CVD","WF5120CVD","WF5120CVD","630","1089","1417.5","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+240) WF5120CVD-CS""","","Cedar Adirondack Tete A Tete","Cedar Wood Adirondack Tźte-ą-Tźte Chairs and Table","Cedar Adirondack Settee","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    64 lbs
    Capacity:
    390 lbs ea Chair","Dimensions","Overall:
    68""W x 32""D x 35""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Table:
    16""D x 26.5""W","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","","","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee","outdoor-patio-tete-a-tete-benches","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Whether it’s tea for two or something stronger you care to share, the Cedar Wood Adirondack Tźte-ą-Tźte Chairs and Table from Cedarwood Furniture will provide plenty of good times for you and a friend when the weather’s fine. This lovely set includes two comfy Adirondack chairs joined by a 16” x 26 1/2” table. It’s perfect for sharing drinks, snacks and good conversation. Made in the U.S. of naturally weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, this piece is covered by the manufacturer’s three-year warranty.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair","CR-WF5200CVD","WF5200CVD","WF5200CVD","190","329","427.5","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+84) WF5200CVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    30 lbs
    Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Seat & Back Slats - .5"" x 2.25"" (After sanding)","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-adirondack-settee-tete-a-tete cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","The American Forest Adirondack Chair features a deep seating area that gives you plenty of room for comfort. These chairs come with wide arm rests to allow extra space to hold your favorite beverage. Consider adding an Adirondack Footrest and End Table to create a complete outdoor living set. The American Forest Adirondack Chair is both sturdy and durable, but light enough to move around.
    ","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-and-footrest-set","CR-WRF526200CVD","WRF526200CVD","WRF526200CVD","401","699","902.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+118) WRF526200CVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair & Footrest","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Chair Weight:
    30 lbs
    Footrest Weight:
    19 lbs
    Chair Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Chair Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Footrest Overall:
    22""L x 20""D x 12.75""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-american-forest-chaise-lounge cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","(1) Adirondack Chair & (1) Footrest Whether you set it on your lawn, on the porch or anywhere else outside your home, the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair and Footrest Set will deliver classic looks and comfort. Everyone will want to kick back and relax in this comfy combo. Thanks to its construction from weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, this American-made set is built to last. It’s covered by a three-year manufacturer’s warranty and available unfinished or stained and sealed. For holding food, drinks and other items, add a table like our Cedar Wood Twin Ponds End Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-and-table-set","CR-WRF5200SETCVD","WRF5200SETCVD","WRF5200SETCVD","449","779","1010.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+136) WRF5200SETCVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair and Table Set","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair & Table Set","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair and Table Set","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Chair Weight:
    30 lbs
    Table Weight:
    15 lbs
    Chair Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Chair Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Table Overall:
    29""L x 20""W x 16""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","red-cedar-32-in-wide-classic-family-picnic-table-with-backed-benches 4-cedar-pearl-river-garden-bridge cedar-arched-arbor-42-opening","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","(1) Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair & (1) Cedar Side Table When it comes to relaxing outside with a good book, a drink and some munchies, nothing beats the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair and Table Set from Cedarwood Furniture. This set includes a classically comfortable cedar Adirondack chair and a matching cedar table with a top that measures 29” x 20”. Made in the U.S., it’s covered by the manufacturer’s three-year warranty. You may order it unfinished or stained and sealed.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-collection","CR-WRF5202CVD","WRF5202CVD","WRF5202CVD","740","1279","1665","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+228) WRF5202CVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair Collection","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair Collection","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Chair Collection","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Chair Weight (ea):
    30 lbs
    Table Weight:
    15 lbs
    Chair Capacity (ea):
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Chair Overall (ea):
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    End Table Overall:
    29""L x 20""W x 16""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-27-inch-wide-4-foot-backyard-bash-cross-legged-picnic-table-with-detached-benches cedar-american-forest-chaise-lounge cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee","red-cedar-outdoor-adirondack-chairs","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","(2) Adirondak Chairs & (1) Side Table Perfect for sharing good conversation and good times outdoors, the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Chair Collection from Cedarwood Furniture is built to last. Made in the U.S. of weather-resistant cedar lumber and zinc-plated steel hardware, this set comes with a three-year manufacturer’s warranty. It includes two cedar Adirondack chairs and a matching cedar side table with a 29” x 20” top.","","","","","1","5","

    Customer Reviews

    Other Customers Rated this item:
    5 out of 5 stars
    Far Superior to Previous SetBy: ,
    The chairs are wonderful; comfortable and sweetly smelling of cedar. We are happy with them. My friends and a neighbor have asked for your web-site because they were impressed with the quality of the chairs.
    Was this rating helpful to you?   👍 Yes    👎 No
    ","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-rocker","CR-WRFKEYRCVD","WRFKEYRCVD","WRFKEYRCVD","325","559","731.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+114) WRFKEYRCVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    38 lbs
    Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","","rockers","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","If you’re looking for instant stress relief or just a relaxing place to sit, consider the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker from Cedarwood Furniture. This sturdy, American-made rocking chair is built of weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, ensuring you’ll enjoy rocking in it for years to come. It’s available unfinished or stained and sealed. To keep a phone, book or other small item handy, add a table like our Cedar Wood Twin Ponds End Table.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-rocker-and-side-table","CR-WRFKEYRSETCVD","WRFKEYRSETCVD","WRFKEYRSETCVD","451","779","1014.75","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+152) WRFKEYRSETCVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker and Side Table","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker and Table","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker and Side Table","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Rocker Weight:
    38 lbs
    Table Weight:
    13 lbs
    Rocker Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Rocker Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Table Overall:
    22""L x 20""W x 18""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-collection cedar-27-inch-wide-4-foot-backyard-bash-cross-legged-picnic-table-with-detached-benches","rockers","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","(1) Adirondack Rocker & (1) Side Table Set yourself up for some relaxing snacking, reading or sunning outside when the weather’s fine with the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker and Side Table from Cedarwood Furniture. This lovely set includes a classic Adirondack rocking chair and a matching side table with a 22” x 20” top. Made in the U.S. of weather-resistant cedar and zinc-plated steel hardware, these pieces are built to last.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-rocker-collection","CR-WRFKEYRCOLLCVD","WRFKEYRCOLLCVD","WRFKEYRCOLLCVD","545","939","1226.25","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+196) WRFKEYRCOLLCVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker Collection","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker Set","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Rocker Collection","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Rocker Weight:
    38 lbs
    End Table Weight:
    15 lbs
    Footrest Weight:
    12 lbs
    Rocker Capacity:
    390 lbs","Dimensions","Rocker Overall:
    30""W x 35""D x 37""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    End Table Overall:
    29""L x 20""W x 16""H
    Footrest Overall: 17""L x 13""W x 9""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-collection cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair-and-table-set","rockers","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","(1) Adirondack Rocker, (1) Footrest & (1) Side Table If you’re ready for some deep relaxation on your porch, patio or just about anywhere else outside your home, the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Rocker Collection from Cedarwood Furniture is for you. This set gives you everything you need for some serious downtime, including a comfy cedar rocking chair and a matching footrest and side table. That makes it easy to kick back and relax with a good book or delicious drink or just soak up the sun. Made in the U.S., this set is covered by a manufacturer’s three-year warranty.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee","CR-WF5220CVD","WF5220CVD","WF5220CVD","563","979","1266.75","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+181) WF5220CVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Settee","Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Settee","Cedar American Forest Adirondack Settee","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    64 lbs.
    Capacity:
    390 lbs (Each Seat)","Dimensions","Overall:
    72""W x 32""D x 35""H
    Seat & Back:
    22""W x 18.5""D x 19.75""H
    Table:
    16""D x 26.5""W","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-adirondack-rocking-chair cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair cedar-adirondack-chaise-lounge","outdoor-patio-tete-a-tete-benches","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","If you’re looking to enjoy some serious fun with a friend when the weather’s fine, consider the Cedar Wood American Forest Adirondack Settee from Cedarwood Furniture. Made in the U.S., this set included two classic, comfortable Adirondack chairs connected by a 16” x 26 1/2” table. It’s great for sharing drinks, snacks and conversation. Available unfinished or stained and sealed, this product is covered by a three-year manufacturer’s warranty.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-american-forest-chaise-lounge","CR-WF5510-2CVD","WF5510-2CVD","WF5510-2CVD","338","589","760.5","""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes (+121) WF5510-2CVD-CS""","","Cedar American Forest Chaise Lounge","Cedar Wood American Forest Chaise Lounge","Cedar American Forest Chaise Lounge","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","UPS","","Weight","Weight:
    47 lbs
    Capacity:
    690 lbs","Dimensions","Overall:
    72""L x 23""W x 15""H","","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 1-2 weeks","","","Some Assembly Required","t","Assembly Instructions","","t","See Details on this Item's 3 Year Warranty","","","t","","cedar-american-forest-adirondack-chair cedar-american-forest-adirondack-settee","outdoor-patio-chaise-lounges","","","","","Creekvine Designs","creekvine designs","US","t","","Perfect for the pool, the patio or anywhere else you want to soak up some sun, the Cedar Wood American Forest Chaise Lounge from Cedarwood Furniture is built to last. Made in the U.S., its cedar wood naturally shrugs off the weather. Zinc-plated steel hardware helps ensure durability too. Cedar chaise lounge plans are included with this product for easy assembly. Our Cedar Wood Twin Ponds End Table makes a perfect addition for keeping phones, drinks and snacks close by.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-lavender-drawer-liners","WL-83522","83522","83522","16","","24.95","","","Cedar and Lavender Drawer Liners - Set of 10","Cedar and Lavender Drawer Liners - 2 sets of 5","","Weight","1.5 Lbs.","Special Features","Aromatic cedar, with its distinct fragrance, helps repel insects and keeps closets and drawers smelling naturally fresh","To Rejuvenate the aromatic smell, simply apply a light sanding with a fine grit sandpaper.","Dimensions","3.5""H x 13.375""D","","","Maintenance","Aromatic Eastern Red Cedar
    Sustainably Harvested","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 4-7 business days","","","None Required","","","","","","","","","t","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/7s2m-Rj_sxo?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Woodlore","woodlore","US","t","'024817835228","These Drawer Liners have calming fragrances of lavender and cedar. The tongue and groove edges ensure a tight fit for your drawers.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-apparel-rack-with-self","WL-82057","82057","82057","19","","39.95","","","Cedar Apparel Rack With Shelf","Cedar Apparel Rack With Shelf","","Weight","2.8 Lbs.","Special Features","Holds eight coats or jackets","To Rejuvenate the aromatic smell, simply apply a light sanding with a fine grit sandpaper.","Dimensions","6.25""H x 3.25""W x 21""D","","","Maintenance","Aromatic Eastern Red Cedar
    Sustainably Harvested","Unfinished","This item ships ground transportation. UPS or FedEx will leave the box(es) where they normally leave your shipments. No signature is required. Special shipping requests can be made during checkout but we cannot guarantee that the carrier will follow those instructions. The last email you receive from us (usually the 2nd status change email) will include your tracking number and who we sent your order with. Generally within 24 hours you can check on the carrier’s website to see when they plan to deliver your order. This date can change but is generally a good estimation. The time your order will take in shipping all depends on where you live. Most orders arrive within 1 to 5 business days after shipment. If this item is part of a larger order, the items may be consolidated and might ship via a Long Haul Trucking company.","Usually ships in 4-7 business days","","","None Required","","","","","","","","","t","","cedarcloset","https://youtube.com/v/7s2m-Rj_sxo?rel=0&hd=1&","","","","Woodlore","woodlore","","t","0 24817 82057 6","The Apparel Rack is perfect for keys, pocket change, or glasses to keep them handy for you. It is made of aromatic cedar and there are four brushed steel hooks. Two screws come with the apparel rack for easy assembly.","","","","","","","","","","","none" "cedar-arched-arbor-42-opening","CR-EY42ARCVD","EY42ARCVD","EY42ARCVD","764","1319","1719","""Choose Size"" ""Select One"" ""42 inch Opening EY42ARCVD"" ""48 inch Opening (+100) EY48ARCVD"" ""54 inch Opening (+190) EY54ARCVD"" ""60 inch opening EY60ARCVD (+280) EY60ARCVD"" ""66 inch Opening (+370) EY66ARCVD"" ""72 inch Opening (+440) EY72ARCVD "" ""Add Cedar Stain and Sealer"" ""No"" ""Yes 42 In Opening (+243) EY42ARCVD-CS"" ""Yes 48 In Opening (+272) EY48ARCVD-CS"" ""Yes 54 In Opening (+257) EY54ARCVD-CS"" ""Yes 60 In Opening (+315) EY60ARCVD-CS"" ""Yes 66 In Opening (+322) EY66ARCVD-CS"" ""Yes 72 In Opening (+377) EY72ARCVD-CS""","","Cedar Arched Arbor","Cedar Arched Arbor","Cedar Arched Arbor - 42"" Opening","Hardware Used","Zinc Plated Steel","Shipping Mode","Truck Freight","Overall:
    30""D x 94""H
    Post:
    4"" x 4""
    Lattice:
    1"" x 2""
    Interior Width:
    Width you select above.","Weight","Weight:
    42"" Arbor: 100 lbs
    48"" Arbor: 110 lbs
    54"" Arbor: 120 lbs
    60"" Arbor: 130 lbs
    66"" Arbor: 140 lbs
    72"" Arbor: 150 lbs","Anchoring","Free Anchor Kit Included","Dimensions","Western Red Cedar","Unfinished Cedar or
    Cedar Stain & Sealed","This item ships by a Long Haul Trucking company. Trucking companies require an appointment to deliver your furniture as they need a signature that your order has been delivered. The last and most often the 2nd email you receive from us will include the trucking company and the PRO# which will identify the shipment as belonging to you. The phone number you provided under the shipping information will be the phone number that the trucking company will call to schedule that delivery. We unfortunately cannot assist in scheduling that as they want to speak directly to you. If you want to be on top of things, you may be proactive and call the trucking company yourself. Armed with your PRO# you can sometimes go ahead and schedule delivery appointments to insure they come when you want them to. Our free delivery is a curb